-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, I0KO4ec/w2TvEy0q62wLt7x0hMw2n+bptuDqOJ/rMe2qJ8DYakKDgPtk4Dp7hkdD lbzilN2tj99sOmlhqXthGw== 0000950137-09-002291.txt : 20090327 0000950137-09-002291.hdr.sgml : 20090327 20090327113204 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950137-09-002291 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 6 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20081231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20090327 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20090327 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: Pregis Holding II CORP CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001344494 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: PLASTICS PRODUCTS, NEC [3089] IRS NUMBER: 203321581 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 333-130353-04 FILM NUMBER: 09708775 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: C/O PREGIS CORPORATION STREET 2: 1650 LAKE COOK ROAD CITY: DEERFIELD STATE: IL ZIP: 60015 BUSINESS PHONE: 847-597-2200 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: C/O PREGIS CORPORATION STREET 2: 1650 LAKE COOK ROAD CITY: DEERFIELD STATE: IL ZIP: 60015 10-K 1 c50181e10vk.htm FORM 10-K e10vk
Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
or
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                      TO                     
Commission file number: 333-130353-04
PREGIS HOLDING II CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  20-3321581
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     
1650 Lake Cook Road
Deerfield, Illinois

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
  60015
(Zip Code)
(847) 597-2200
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
     
    Name of each exchange
Title of each class   on which registered
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
(Title of class)
     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o     No þ
     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes þ     No o
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ     No o
     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer o  Non-accelerated filer þ
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company o
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o     No þ
     The registrant has no common stock, voting or non-voting, held by non-affiliates.
     There is no public market for the Company’s common stock. There were 149.0035 shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and as of March 27, 2009.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
     Certain exhibits to the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-4, as amended, are incorporated by reference into Item 15 of this report.
 
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page
 
           
PART I
 
           
  BUSINESS     1  
 
           
  RISK FACTORS     10  
 
           
  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS     20  
 
           
  PROPERTIES     20  
 
           
  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS     20  
 
           
  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS     20  
 
           
PART II
 
           
  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES     20  
 
           
  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA     21  
 
           
  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS     22  
 
           
  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK     42  
 
           
  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA     43  
 
           
  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
    85  
 
           
  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES     85  
 
           
  OTHER INFORMATION     85  
 
           
PART III
 
           
  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE     86  
 
           
  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION     89  
 
           
  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
    102  
 
           
  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE     104  
 
           
  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES     105  
 
           
PART IV
 
           
  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES     106  
 EX-10.34
 EX-12.1
 EX-21.1
 EX-31.1
 EX-31.2

 i


Table of Contents

PART I
     Except as otherwise required by the context, (1) references in this report to “our company,” “we,” “our” or “us” (or similar terms) refer to Pregis Holding II Corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, (2) references to “Pregis Holding II” or “the registrant” refer to Pregis Holding II Corporation only, (3) references to “Pregis” refer only to Pregis Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Pregis Holding II Corporation, and (4) references to “Pregis Holding I” refers to Pregis Holding I Corporation, which owns all of the capital stock of Pregis Holding II Corporation.
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
The Company
     We are an international manufacturer, marketer and supplier of protective packaging products and specialty packaging solutions. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we began reporting the operations of our flexible packaging, hospital supplies and rigid packaging businesses as one reportable segment, Specialty Packaging, to be aligned with changes in our internal management structure. As a result of this change, we now report two reportable segments:
    Protective Packaging, which manufactures, markets, sells and distributes protective packaging products in North America and Europe; and
 
    Specialty Packaging, which focuses on the development, production and marketing of innovative packaging solutions for food, medical, and other specialty packaging applications, primarily in Europe.
     Additional quantitative disclosures with respect to our reportable segments and further discussion regarding our 2008 change in reportable segments is presented in Note 18 to the audited financial statements included within this report, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained in Item 7 of this Report and incorporated herein by reference.
Competitive Strengths
     We believe we are distinguished by the following competitive strengths:
    Leading Positions in Fragmented Markets. As one of the leading providers of protective packaging products as well as a leading competitor in our target markets in European specialty packaging solutions, we benefit from our broad product offering, scale, expertise in innovation, long standing customer relationships and diverse end-markets. Our specialty packaging businesses focus on non-commodity, specialized niche market segments with deep, collaborative customer relationships, high service expectations and exacting product requirements.
 
    Broad Product Offering Combined with Customer-Focused Service. We believe we offer one of the broadest product lines in the packaging industry. Many of our customers tend to purchase multiple packaging products from manufacturers and our ability to bundle products reduces customer cost and simplifies procurement requirements. We also offer highly customized, value-added packaging solutions to attractive markets. Examples of these tailored solutions include customized shapes, customized laminates and other design services. In addition to our broad product line and customized solutions, we provide our customers with levels of quality, lead times, logistics and design services that we believe are among the most competitive in the packaging industry.
 
    Advanced, Low-Cost Manufacturing. We benefit from a number of competitive advantages that help us compete effectively in our markets. For example:
    Manufacturing technologies and capabilities for our products depend on advanced technological know-how. We have made significant capital expenditures in our businesses in recent years to improve

1


Table of Contents

      productivity, quality and service. Our advanced manufacturing capabilities allow us to produce higher value-added products and further broaden our product offering. For example, our ability to manufacture co-extruded cushioning packaging, polypropylene and polyethylene sheet foam, extruded plank and paper-based products is a significant advantage relative to our competitors, who generally have more limited product offerings. We also believe we are the sole producer of low density polypropylene sheet foam products and one of only two producers of co-extruded bubble cushioning products.
    Many of the products in our industry are lightweight with an estimated cost-effective shipping radius in the industry of approximately 200 to 400 miles. In addition, many of our customers seek broad geographic coverage and timely, often overnight, deliveries. Our expansive manufacturing and distribution network, which included a network of 46 facilities in 18 countries as of December 31, 2008, allows us to provide our customers with the geographic scale and service levels required to meet their needs. For example, we are the only manufacturer of kraft honeycomb products that can offer a national presence throughout the United States and much of Western Europe.
 
    Our ability to procure lower cost raw materials due to our scale, coupled with our efficient manufacturing assets, enables us to maintain a cost structure which we believe to be lower than that of many of our competitors, which helps drive revenue growth and improve profitability.
    Significant Diversification. Our business is well balanced with a diversified range of product offerings, geographical markets, end-markets and customers. We believe we offer one of the broadest product lines in the packaging industry. Geographically, we serve markets in North America, Europe and, to a lesser extent, other regions of the world. We also benefit from a diverse set of end-markets served and a diverse customer base, with our largest customer representing less than 2% of sales in 2008. We believe this diversity helps reduce overall business risk, enhances our revenue stability and provides us with opportunities for growth resulting from changing customer needs and market trends.
 
    Track Record of Customization and Innovation. Our focus on customized solutions is a key factor in our ability to grow by satisfying our customers’ changing needs. Examples of customization include surgical and procedure kits tailored to the needs of a hospital or an individual physician; custom print, decoration and barrier properties in flexible films; custom thermoformed container shapes and closure designs for the foodservice market; and die-cut and application-specific customized products for protective packaging’s Hexacomb® product line. The ability to innovate is a key factor in our ability to expand our product lines and meet shifts in market demand. For example, the Protective Packaging segment recently introduced a new family of “green” products to address the growing need for sustainable packaging alternatives. These products include Astro-Bubble® Green, the first air cushioning bubble product made with recycled-content. Also included in our sustainable product portfolio are Astro-Bubble® Renew, Absolute EZ-Seam Renew (recycled content floor underlayment), Hefty Express® mailers and Jiffy Green bubble rolls and mailer products. In addition, we believe our Protective Packaging business is one of only two manufacturers of extruded engineered foam in both North America and Europe and the only producer of polypropylene sheet foam in North America. We believe that our customized and innovative products provide additional value to our customers.
 
    Experienced Management Team and Strong Equity Sponsorship. Our senior managers have extensive engineering, manufacturing and finance backgrounds. Our management team has demonstrated its ability to improve our competitive position by successfully developing and executing our global business strategy. Our management team has led the implementation of lean and other productivity programs, as well as internal and acquisitive expansion efforts, which position us for future growth and margin expansion. We also benefit from our equity sponsor’s relationships, knowledge of the packaging, specialty chemicals and consumer products industries, and significant investment experience in separating and optimizing carve-out divisions of larger organizations.

2


Table of Contents

Business Strategy
     We are pursuing a business strategy developed to increase revenue and cash flow. The key components of this strategy are:
    Utilize Our Market Credibility. We are continuing to use our broad product offering, expansive geographic coverage, advanced manufacturing technologies and leading service levels to drive our growth. We also plan to continue to pursue initiatives that further broaden our product lines in the packaging industry. Our diversity of end-markets and customers, as well as our knowledge of trends and customer preferences, help us identify new business and product opportunities. Our product development teams continue to seek to enhance and expand the use of existing products as well as work collaboratively with our customers to design new products. We are also continuing to focus our efforts on the development of products that can provide immediate value to our customers and meet their performance requirements and quality expectations.
 
    Continue Customer-Focused Service. We have successfully differentiated ourselves through a reputation for customer-focused, high quality service. We intend to further enhance our service levels by using our strong relationships with customers and end-users to gain industry and consumer insight into emerging trends and customer preferences. We implement our customer-focused strategy through a regional sales and distribution infrastructure, tailored to fit the needs of our customers and end-markets. The key elements of this strategy require us to develop and maintain long-standing relationships and partnerships with our customers. We intend to continue to use this strategy to capture increased value for our products and services.
 
    Maintain Technological Know-How and Low-Cost Manufacturing Position. We have made substantial investments to develop advanced packaging manufacturing technologies, and as a result we have a significant portfolio of industry-leading products and technologies. We continue to invest in advanced manufacturing capabilities and low-cost facilities in order to enable us to produce higher value-added products, further broaden our product offering and improve profitability.
 
    Continue to Use Our International Platform. We intend to continue to share products, technologies, manufacturing processes and best practices, and research and development resources across our protective packaging operations in North America and Europe. In addition, we are using this international platform to introduce new products and technologies more efficiently, obtain information on distribution channels and end-markets, and re-deploy manufacturing assets and sales personnel as needed to capitalize on emerging trends in the markets we serve.
History
     Pregis Holding II is a Delaware corporation formed in 2005. AEA Investors LP and certain of its affiliates (the “Sponsors” or “AEA Investors”), formed Pregis, Pregis Holding I, and Pregis Holding II for the purpose of acquiring all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the global protective packaging and European specialty packaging businesses of Pactiv Corporation (the “Acquisition”). AEA Investors entered into a stock purchase agreement on June 23, 2005 with respect to the Acquisition, and the Acquisition was consummated on October 13, 2005. The adjusted purchase price for the Acquisition was $559.7 million, after giving effect to direct costs of the Acquisition, pension plan funding of $20.1 million, and post-closing working capital and indebtedness adjustments. The Stock Purchase Agreement also indemnifies the Company for payment of certain liabilities relating to the pre-Acquisition period.
     The Acquisition was financed with the proceeds from the offering of Pregis’s Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2013 and 12.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013, borrowings under Pregis’s senior secured credit facilities and an equity contribution to Pregis Holding I by AEA Investors.

3


Table of Contents

Available Information
     We make available our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to such reports on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file these materials with, or furnish them to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. These reports are available, free of charge, at www.pregis.com. These reports may also be obtained at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. The SEC also maintains a web site at www.sec.gov that contains reports and other information regarding SEC registrants, including Pregis.
Products and Services
     Our broad, industry-leading product offerings include protective packaging, flexible packaging, rigid packaging, and medical supplies and packaging and serve a diversified range of end-markets. Our products are primarily plastic resin- and plastic film-based but also include products derived from kraft paper and other raw materials. Our protective packaging products are used for cushioning, void-fill, surface protection, containment and blocking and bracing. Our Protective Packaging business also acts as a distributor of protective packaging products in certain European markets, including the United Kingdom and Central Europe. Our specialty packaging products serve niche market segments with customized, value-added packaging solutions. The table below provides an overview of products and end-markets served within our segments.
         
    Protective Packaging   Specialty Packaging
Products
  Protective mailers   Flexible packaging:
 
  Air-encapsulated cushion products        Bags
 
  Inflatable airbag systems        Pouches
 
  Sheet foam        Labels
 
  Engineered foam    
 
  Honeycomb   Rigid packaging:
 
  Paper packaging systems        Thermoformed foodservice containers
 
           Custom packaging
 
       
 
      Medical supplies and packaging:
     Operating drapes and gowns
     Surgical procedure packs
     Medical packaging
 
       
End-Markets Served
  General industrial   Fresh food
 
  High tech electronics   Dry food
 
  Furniture manufacturing   Consumer products
 
  Building products   Foodservice
 
  Retail   Hospitals
 
  Agriculture   Healthcare
     We manufacture protective packaging products in North America and Europe. We currently manufacture our specialty packaging products in Germany, the United Kingdom, Egypt, and Bulgaria.

4


Table of Contents

     Protective Packaging Products
     Protective Mailers. Protective mailers are a lightweight, economical, pre-constructed means of protecting a wide variety of small items from damage during shipping. Types of protective mailers include cushion-lined, padded, foam-lined, rigid board and all-plastic mailers. Protective Packaging markets its line of protective mailers under the Hefty Express® brand name in North America and Jiffy brand name in Europe.
     Air-Encapsulated Cushion Products. Introduced in the 1960s, cushion products are made from extruded polyethylene or co-extruded polyethylene and nylon film with pockets of air encapsulated between the top and bottom layers of the film. Each cell acts as a mini-shock absorber to protect products during shipping. The primary functions of cushion products are cushion and void fill. Protective Packaging’s range of cushion products is sold primarily under the Astro-Cell® and Astro-SupraBubble® brand names. Based on customer preferences, Protective Packaging can customize its cushion products by laminating them with kraft paper, aluminum foil or other film. Co-extruded multi-layer cushion products retain air over extended periods of time and are generally viewed by customers as higher value-added alternatives to monolayer products. We believe that Protective Packaging is one of only two manufacturers of co-extruded bubble cushioning products.
     Inflatable Airbag Systems. Inflatable airbag systems consist of a dispenser which produces inflatable airbags on-demand at the end-user location. This inflated airbag is designed for void-fill and blocking and bracing applications. The competitive advantages of inflatable airbags compared to loose-fill, wadded paper and other substitute packaging materials are price, reduced freight costs, lower weight, lower inventory space and improved protection. Since inflatable airbags are produced on-demand, often at the customer’s on-site location, inventory, freight and warehousing requirements are significantly reduced for the customer.
     Sheet Foam. Sheet foams are extruded foamed plastics with thicknesses not exceeding 5 millimeters (approximately 3/16-inches). This product is primarily used as surface and light-cushioning protection in packaging applications, and as thermal and sound insulation in non-packaging applications, such as flooring underlayment and concrete curing blankets. Protective Packaging’s sheet foam is sold primarily under the Astro-Foam, Prop-X and Microfoam® brand names, while its laminated or custom sheet foams are sold under the Micro-Tuff and Rhino brand names. Protective Packaging differentiates and custom tailors sheet foam by laminating it with aluminum foil, high density polyethylene resin, kraft paper, non-woven materials and other substrates.
     Engineered Foam. Engineered foams are extruded foamed plastics with thicknesses greater than 5 millimeters (approximately 3/16-inches). This product provides a variety of functions, including cushioning and blocking and bracing. In packaging applications, engineered foam is fabricated into a wide range of protective packaging shapes, forms and die cuts for designed packages in which a clean, attractive appearance is required. Unlike other protective packaging products, engineered foam is typically sold to fabricators, who convert the material based on precise specifications required by end-users. Engineered foam’s characteristics include high impact strength, elasticity and chemical resistance. These characteristics make the product a preferred substrate in protective packaging applications for electronic and medical equipment, automotive parts and machine tools, as well as in certain non-packaging applications, particularly recreational uses.
     Honeycomb. Honeycomb is a protective packaging material made from kraft paper that is sliced into strips and glued together to form a pattern of nested hexagonal cells. Formed honeycomb is similar in appearance to a beehive honeycomb and is custom-designed to meet the needs of each end-user. Specific functional applications of honeycomb include spacing, cushioning and blocking and bracing, as well as structural support for doors and tabletops. Honeycomb demonstrates excellent protective qualities by minimizing the transfer of road-shock to products during shipping and by providing a combination of cushioning, and blocking and bracing functions. Honeycomb offers excellent performance due to its strength-to-weight ratio. As a result, honeycomb tends to be preferred to corrugated packaging given its lower cost and better performance in its targeted application. Select end-users value the product’s environmentally friendly characteristics compared to molded resin-based alternatives. Protective Packaging manufactures honeycomb under the Hexacomb® brand name in both North America and Europe.

5


Table of Contents

     Paper Packaging Systems. Our paper systems offer an additional solution to the void-fill portfolio of protective packaging products, using a flexible and eco-friendly packaging material. The systems deliver crumpled, recyclable, renewable and biodegradable kraft paper used for void-fill, cushioning, wrapping and blocking, and bracing applications. This packaging solution broadens and compliments the existing void-fill inflatable solutions portfolio, offering a wider selection of void-fill options to be placed at end-user sites, saving customers inventory, freight and packaging costs.
     Specialty Packaging Products
     Flexible Packaging Products
     Films. Films include film-on-the-reel consisting of high quality mono and co-extruded laminated polyethylene films for the fresh, dry and frozen foods, confectionary, hygiene, medical and consumer goods markets, as well as mono, modified atmospheric packaging base and top web clear and colored films with easy peel or fusion seal.
     Bags. Bag products include printed polyethylene bags for the household, personal care, horticultural and medical markets and reclosable bags.
     Pouches. Pouch products include laminated stand-up pouches, printed in up to ten colors, for food, hygienic and medical markets.
     Labels. Labels include shrink, stretch and wrap-around labels for glass and plastic bottles, printed in up to ten colors.
     Rigid Packaging Products
     Custom packaging. Custom packaging consists of individually customized packaging for food and foodservice products, including snacks, salads, confectionery, biscuits and prepared meals. A dedicated design and technology facility in Stanley, United Kingdom offers a full range of services covering the product development process from drafting of initial concepts in three dimensions through to the creation of prototype samples and final tool production. Custom solutions include trays for chocolates and biscuit inserts for biscuits and confectionery products.
     Foodservice. Foodservice products include standard thermoformed packaging produced internally, which are sold alongside third-party foodservice products purchased for resale. Products offered include containers and bowls, trays, tableware cups and cup carriers.
     Medical Supplies and Packaging
     Operating drapes. Operating drapes include a complete range of disposable drapes such as back table covers, small drapes, universal patient drapes, customized drape systems and drapes that are specific to particular operations. Products are sold under the Secu-Drape brand as well as under private label brands.
     Procedure packs. Procedure packs consist of standard and highly customized drapes and other products (such as tubes, compresses, and scalpels) purchased from third-party suppliers that are used for numerous surgical disciplines.
     Medical packaging. Medical packaging includes transparent pouches and tubes and reels with or without indicators suitable for different sterilization processes and sold under the Medipeel and Flexopeel brands; transparent or colored pouches suitable for vacuum packaging and irradiation and sold under the Cleerpeel brand; and wrapping materials and other accessories sold under the Steriflex brand.

6


Table of Contents

Customers
     Protective Packaging
     We sell our protective packaging products to over 10,000 customers across North America and Europe, consisting primarily of distributors, fabricators and direct end-users. The majority of our protective packaging sales are to national and regional distributors who sell a variety of packaging and other industrial products to end-user customers. Our sales to fabricators are driven by engineered foam products, which are converted by fabricators into a wide range of protective packaging shapes, forms and die cuts for designed packages with the precise specifications required by end-users.
     Specialty Packaging
     Our specialty packaging products are sold to a wide range of end-user customers, both directly and through distributors, in the various markets the businesses serve, including major international food, consumer products and healthcare companies, regional producers and distributors and retailers, many with whom we have long-standing relationships.
     For the year ended December 31, 2008, on a corporate-wide basis our top ten customers accounted for approximately 10% of our net sales, with no single customer accounting for more than 2%.
Sales, Marketing and Distribution
     Because of our broad range of products and customers, our sales and marketing efforts are generally specific to a particular product, customer or geographic region. We market in various ways, depending on both the customer and the product. We have differentiated ourselves from our competitors by building a reputation for a customer-focused sales approach, quality service, product and service innovation and product quality. The key elements of this strategy require us to develop and maintain strong relationships with our customers, including direct end-users as well as distributors and fabricators.
     Our Protective Packaging sales and marketing are organized primarily on a regional basis in North America and a country basis in Europe. In North America, several specialty end-markets, such as agriculture, building products, furniture manufacturing and retail, as well as a small number of key accounts, are covered on a national basis. Our honeycomb products are sold by a dedicated sales force due to the specialized nature of the product offering. In Europe, specialists cover several key accounts in the protective mailer, engineered foam, and inflatable airbag systems product segments. Protective Packaging has also established an extensive distribution network and dedicated sales force in Central and Eastern Europe, as there are currently no other significant distribution networks in the region that provide adequate market access. Our Specialty Packaging businesses address the specialized market segments they serve with both a direct sales force and distributors, utilizing the most effective channels to address their customers’ needs. These businesses’ marketing efforts are led by their sales force and customer service staff and also include an international sales network through dedicated agents in various countries, including the United Kingdom, The Netherlands, Poland and Spain.
Research and Development
     Our product development efforts are an important part of our commitment to customer-focused service and innovative products and technology. Our research and development personnel work closely with customers to enhance existing products and develop new products, as well as to gain insights into emerging trends and customer preferences. We aim to launch a number of new products and applications each year. Our development efforts are focused on new and existing product development, design and enhancement, manufacturing process optimization and material development, all of which reinforce our strong customer relationships and provide support to our sales and marketing teams. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we spent $5.8 million, $5.9 million and $7.0 million, respectively, on our research and development efforts.

7


Table of Contents

Suppliers and Raw Materials
     Polyethylene, polypropylene, and other plastic resins constitute the primary raw materials used to make our products. We also purchase various other materials, including plastic film, nylon, kraft paper, corrugated products and inks. These materials are generally available from a number of suppliers. Our businesses purchase raw materials in coordination with one another, and we sometimes buy and sell additional quantities of resin, in order to take advantage of volume discounts. In line with industry practice, we have historically attempted to mitigate a portion of the impact of plastic resin price fluctuations by passing through changes in resin prices to customers through a combination of product selling price adjustments, contractual cost pass through mechanisms and/or commercial discussion and negotiation with customers. We cannot give any assurance as to whether we will be able to recover from customers all or any portion of these changes in resin prices. See Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Item 1A, “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our financial performance is dependent on plastic resin prices as well as the continued availability of resin and energy costs.”
Backlog
     We did not have a significant manufacturing backlog at December 31, 2008 or 2007. We do not have material long-term contracts with our customers, and the significant majority of our sales orders are filled within a month of receipt. While our backlog is not significantly impacted by any seasonal factors, it is subject to fluctuation given the size and timing of outstanding orders at any point in time. Therefore, our backlog level is not necessarily indicative of the level of future sales.
Competition
     The markets in which we operate are highly competitive on the basis of service, product quality and performance, product innovation and price. There are other companies producing competing products that are substantially larger, are well established and have greater financial resources than we have.
     Our protective packaging products compete with similar products made by other manufacturers and with a number of other packaging products that provide protection against damage to customers’ products during shipment and storage. Through our Protective Packaging segment, we are one of the few suppliers with a broad offering of protective packaging products and a presence in both North America and Europe. The majority of competing producers focus on a specific geography or a narrow product range. For example, our ability to manufacture co-extruded cushioning packaging, polypropylene and polyethylene sheet foam, extruded plank and paper-based products is a significant competitive advantage. Additionally, we are the sole producer of low density polypropylene sheet foam products and the only manufacturer of kraft honeycomb products with a national presence in North America. With a strategic footprint of 22 manufacturing facilities in North America and 15 in Europe as of December 31, 2008, the Protective Packaging segment benefits significantly from an estimated cost-effective shipping radius in the industry of approximately 200 to 400 miles. Our primary competitor in protective packaging is Sealed Air, while we also selectively compete with companies such as Poly Air, FP International and Storopack in North America and Fagerdala, Sansetsu and BFI in Europe.
     Our Specialty Packaging segment has strong positions in its particular areas of focus. For example, our flexible barrier packaging products have strong positions in detergent packaging, fresh food laminates and secondary medical packaging films in Germany. Additionally, we believe we are the second largest producer of disposable operating drapes in Germany and the third largest in Europe (by volume), while we are also a leading supplier of rigid packaging products to the foodservice market in the United Kingdom. The businesses comprising the Specialty Packaging segment compete with a number of national and regional suppliers in each of their key products and end markets, and there are additional competitive pressures in some markets due to increasing consolidation among our customers.

8


Table of Contents

Employees
     As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately 4,200 total employees worldwide. Our Protective Packaging segment employed approximately 2,550 employees, the majority of which are non-union. There are six collective bargaining agreements in the United States, covering less than 200 employees. Our Specialty Packaging segment employed approximately 1,650 people, substantially all of whom are unionized or otherwise covered by company works councils. In the last three years, we have had no material work stoppages or strikes. We believe our employee relations are good.
Intellectual Property
     We have selectively pursued protection afforded by patents and trademarks whenever deemed critical. Our businesses also rely upon unregistered trademarks and copyrights, proprietary know-how and trade secrets. We do not believe, however, that any individual item of our intellectual property portfolio is material to our current business.
     The major trademarks of the protective packaging businesses are registered in the geographies where they operate. Selected trademarks include Astro-Foam, Astro-Cell®, Astro-Bubble®, Air Kraft®, Furniture GUARD®, Hexacomb®, Jiffy, Microfoam®, Nopaplank, Polylam and Polyplank®.
     The major trademarks of the specialty packaging businesses are registered in the markets where they operate. Major trademarks include Propyflex, Secu-Drape, Cleerpeel, Steriflex, Mediwell Super, Mediwell Super Plus, Medipeel, Flexopeel, and Secu-Tray.
     We also manufacture, distribute and sell shipping mailers, including protective bags comprised of paper or plastic and air cellular cushion material, under the Hefty Express® brand name, pursuant to a trademark license agreement with Pactiv Corporation. The license is an exclusive, royalty-free license that terminates in October 2015. Pactiv has agreed that, following the expiration of the license, Pactiv will not use, or permit others to use, the Hefty Express® mark in connection with the manufacture, marketing, distribution and sale of shipping mailers. In turn, we entered into a license agreement to grant Pactiv a perpetual, royalty-free license that allows Pactiv to continue to use certain patents that are owned by us in the manufacture and sale of certain products, including the manufacture of tamper-evident packaging containers in the United States.
Environmental Matters
     We are subject to extensive federal, state, municipal, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and the environment, including those limiting the discharge of pollutants into the air and water and those regulating the treatment, storage, disposal and remediation of, and exposure to, solid and hazardous wastes and hazardous materials. Certain environmental laws and regulations impose joint and several liability on past and present owners and operators of sites, to clean up, or contribute to the cost of cleaning up sites at which contaminants were disposed or released without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of or caused the presence of the contaminants, and regardless of whether the practices that resulted in the contamination were legal at the time they occurred. In addition, under certain of these laws and regulations, a party that disposes of contaminants at a third party disposal site may also become a responsible party required to share in the costs of the investigation or cleanup of the site.
     Our estimated expenditures for environmental compliance are incorporated into our annual operating budgets and we do not expect the cost of compliance with current environmental laws and regulations and liabilities associated with claims or known environmental conditions to be material to us. However, future events, such as new or more stringent environmental laws and regulations, any related damage claims, the discovery of previously unknown environmental conditions requiring response action, or more vigorous enforcement or new interpretations of existing environmental laws and regulations may require us to incur additional costs that could be material.

9


Table of Contents

Seasonality
     Primarily due to the impact of our customer buying patterns and production activity, our sales tend to be stronger in the second half of the year and weaker in the first half. In addition, our cash flow from operations tends to be weaker in the first half of the year and stronger in the second half due to seasonal working capital needs.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
     You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below as well as the other information contained in this report, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. Any of the following risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Information contained in this section may be considered “forward-looking statements.” See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of certain qualifications regarding such statements.
Risks Related to Our Business
Our financial performance is dependent on the cost of plastic resin, the continued availability of resin, and energy costs.
     The primary raw materials we use in the manufacture of some of our products are various plastic resins, primarily polyethylene, which represented approximately 55% of our 2008 material costs. Our financial performance therefore is dependent to a substantial extent on the plastic resin market.
     The capacity, supply and demand for plastic resins and the petrochemical intermediates from which they are produced are subject to cyclical price fluctuations and other market disturbances, including supply shortages. We currently purchase our raw materials from a few key strategic suppliers. In the event of an industry-wide general shortage of resins used by us, or a shortage or discontinuation of certain types or grades of resin purchased from one or more of our suppliers, we may not be able to arrange for alternative sources of resin. Any such shortage may negatively impact our sales and financial condition and our competitive position versus companies that are able to better or more cheaply source resin.
     Additionally, we may be subject to significant increases in resin costs that may materially impact our financial condition. Resin costs have fluctuated significantly in recent years and may continue to fluctuate as a result of changes in natural gas and crude oil prices. Although costs declined significantly in the fourth quarter of 2008, through the first nine months of 2008, resin costs in North America and Europe had increased 31% and 12% respectively compared to the prior year period, as measured by the respective market indices. The instability in the world markets for petroleum and in North America for natural gas could quickly affect the prices and general availability of raw materials, which could have a materially adverse impact to us. Due to the uncertain extent and rapid nature of cost increases, we cannot reasonably estimate our ability to successfully recover any cost increases. To the extent that cost increases cannot be passed on to our customers, or the duration of time lags associated with a pass-through becomes significant, such increases may have a material adverse effect on our profitability.
     Freight costs are also a meaningful part of our cost structure. Over the past several years, we have experienced increased freight costs as a result of rising energy costs. Such cost increases, to the extent that they cannot be passed on to our customers or minimized through our productivity programs, may have a material adverse effect on our profitability.
We face competition in each of our businesses and our customers may not continue to purchase our products.
     We face significant competition in the sale of our products. We compete with multiple companies with respect to each of our products, including divisions or subsidiaries of larger companies and foreign competitors. Certain of our competitors are substantially larger, are well established and have financial and other resources that are greater

10


Table of Contents

than ours and may be better able to withstand price competition. Specifically, our protective packaging products compete with similar products made by other manufacturers and with a number of other packaging products that provide protection against damage to customers’ products during shipment and storage. Our primary competitor in the Protective Packaging segment is Sealed Air, while we also selectively compete with companies such as Poly Air, FP International and Storopack in North America and Fagerdala, Sansetsu and BFI in Europe. Our Specialty Packaging segment competes with a number of national and regional suppliers in each of their key products and end markets, and there are additional competitive pressures in some markets due to increasing consolidation among our customers.
     We compete on the basis of a number of considerations, including price (on a price-to-value basis), service, quality, performance, product characteristics, brand recognition and loyalty, marketing, product development, sales and distribution, and ability to supply products to customers in a timely manner. Increases in our prices as compared to those of our competitors could materially adversely affect us.
     The competition we face involves the following key risks:
    loss of market share;
 
    failure to anticipate and respond to changing consumer preferences and demographics;
 
    failure to develop new and improved products;
 
    failure of consumers to accept our brands and exhibit brand loyalty and pay premium prices; and
 
    aggressive pricing by competitors, which may force us to decrease prices or increase marketing and promotional spending in order to maintain market share.
     In addition, our competitors may develop products that are superior to our products or may adapt more quickly to new technologies or evolving customer requirements. Technological advances by our competitors may lead to new manufacturing techniques and make it more difficult for us to compete. In addition, since we do not have long-term arrangements with most of our customers, these competitive factors could cause our customers to cease purchasing our products.
If we are unable to meet future capital requirements, our businesses may be adversely affected.
     We have made significant capital expenditures in our businesses in recent years to improve productivity, quality and service. We spent approximately $30.9 million, $34.6 million and $28.1 million in capital expenditures in fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006. As we grow our businesses, we may have to incur significant additional capital expenditures. We cannot assure you that we will have, or be able to obtain, adequate funds to make all necessary capital expenditures when required, or that the amount of future capital expenditures will not be materially in excess of our anticipated or current expenditures. If we are unable to make necessary capital expenditures, our product offerings may become dated, our productivity may decrease and the quality of our products may be adversely affected, which, in turn, could reduce our sales and profitability. In addition, even if we are able to invest sufficient resources, these investments may not generate net sales that exceed our expenses, generate any net sales at all or result in any commercially acceptable products.
Our business could be materially hurt by economic downturns.
     Our business is affected by a number of economic factors, including the level of economic activity in the markets in which we operate, including, for the Protective Packaging segment, the general industrial, high tech electronics, furniture manufacturing, building products, retail, and agriculture end-markets, and for our Specialty Packaging segment, the fresh food, consumer products, dry food, medical, foodservice, convenience foods, bakery, and confectionery end-markets. The demand for our products by our customers in these end-markets depends, in part, on general economic conditions and business confidence levels. A decline in economic activity in the United States and/or Europe could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

11


Table of Contents

Difficult conditions and extreme volatility in capital, credit and commodities markets and in the global economy could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, and we do not know if these conditions will improve in the near future.
     Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected by the difficult conditions and extreme volatility in the capital, credit and commodities markets and in the global economy. These factors, combined with rising energy prices, declining business and consumer confidence and increased unemployment, have precipitated an economic slowdown and fears of a recession in the United States and globally. The difficult conditions in these markets and the overall U.S. and global economy affect us in a number of ways. For example:
    Although we believe we have sufficient liquidity under our revolving credit facility to run our business, under extreme market conditions there can be no assurance that such funds would be available or sufficient, and in such a case, we may not be able to successfully obtain additional financing on favorable terms, or at all. As discussed elsewhere, we believe that Lehman will not be able to honor its $5 million commitment under our $50 million revolving credit facility.
 
    Market conditions could cause the counterparties to the derivative financial instruments we use to hedge our exposure to interest rate fluctuations to experience financial difficulties and, as a result, our efforts to hedge these exposures could prove unsuccessful and, furthermore, our ability to engage in additional hedging activities may decrease or become even more costly as a result of these conditions. As discussed elsewhere, Lehman defaulted on its interest rate hedge and we replaced Lehman with a different counterparty beginning on October 1, 2008.
 
    Recent market volatility could make it difficult for us to raise capital in the public markets, if we needed to do so.
 
    In July 2008, Moody’s revised its ratings on our senior secured floating rate notes from B2 to B3, senior subordinated notes from Caa1 to Caa2, and loans from Ba2 to Ba3. If our credit ratings are further downgraded, there could be a negative impact on our ability to access capital markets and borrowing costs would increase.
 
    Market conditions could result in our significant customers experiencing financial difficulties. We are exposed to the credit risk of our customers, and their failure to meet their financial obligations when due because of bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, operational failure or other reasons could result in decreased sales and earnings for us.
     The turmoil in the global economy may also impact our business, financial condition and results of operations in ways we cannot currently predict. We do not know if market conditions or the state of the overall U.S. or global economy will improve in the near future.
Our business is subject to risks associated with manufacturing processes.
     As of December 31, 2008, our Protective Packaging segment operated 22 manufacturing facilities in North America and 15 in Europe and our Specialty Packaging segment operated 9 manufacturing facilities in Germany, Bulgaria, the United Kingdom and Egypt. We produce substantially all of our products in these facilities, including medical supplies and foodservice products, which require special care to avoid contamination during manufacturing. Unexpected failures of our equipment and machinery, as well as contamination in the clean rooms used to manufacture our hospital supplies and foodservice products, may result in production delays, revenue loss, third party lawsuits and significant repair costs, as well as injuries to our employees. Any interruption in production capability may require us to make large capital expenditures to remedy the situation, which could have a negative impact on our profitability and cash flows.

12


Table of Contents

     While we maintain insurance covering our manufacturing and production facilities, including business interruption insurance, a catastrophic loss of the use of all or a portion of our facilities due to accident, fire, explosion, labor issues, weather conditions, other natural disaster or otherwise, whether short or long-term, could have a material adverse effect on us. Moreover, our business interruption and general liability insurance may not be sufficient to offset the lost revenues or increased costs that we may experience during a disruption of our operations. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that we will maintain our insurance on comparable terms in the future.
We may make acquisitions or divestitures that may be unsuccessful.
     We have made, and may in the future opportunistically consider, the acquisition of other manufacturers or product lines of other businesses that either complement or expand our existing business, or the divestiture of some of our businesses. We cannot assure you that we will be able to consummate any acquisitions or divestitures or that any future acquisitions or divestitures will be able to be consummated at acceptable prices and terms. Acquisitions or divestitures involve a number of special risks, including some or all of the following:
    the diversion of management’s attention from our core businesses;
 
    the disruption of our ongoing business;
 
    entry into markets in which we have limited or no experience;
 
    the ability to integrate our acquisitions without substantial costs, delays or other problems, which would be complicated by the breadth of our international operations;
 
    inaccurate assessment of undisclosed liabilities;
 
    the incorporation of acquired product lines into our business;
 
    the failure to realize expected synergies and cost savings;
 
    the loss of key employees or customers of the acquired or divested business;
 
    increasing demands on our operational systems;
 
    the integration of information system and internal controls;
 
    possible adverse effects on our reported operating results, particularly during the first several reporting periods after the acquisition is completed; and
 
    the amortization of acquired intangible assets.
     Additionally, any acquisitions or dispositions we may make could result in significant increases in our outstanding indebtedness and debt service requirements.
A small number of stockholders own all of our common stock and control all major corporate decisions.
     AEA Investors controls substantially all of our common stock and has the power to control our affairs and policies. AEA Investors also controls the election of our directors, the appointment of our management and the entering into of business combinations or dispositions and other extraordinary transactions. The directors so elected have the authority, subject to the terms of the indentures and our senior secured credit facilities, to issue additional stock, implement stock repurchase programs, declare dividends and make other decisions with respect to our company.
     The interests of AEA Investors could conflict with the interests of our noteholders. Moreover, affiliates of AEA Investors may also have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings and other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investments, even though such transactions might involve risks to our noteholders.

13


Table of Contents

We may be unable to respond effectively to technological changes in our industry.
     We have made substantial investments to develop advanced packaging manufacturing technologies, and as a result we have a significant portfolio of industry-leading products and technologies. For instance, we believe Protective Packaging is one of only two major manufacturers of extruded engineered foam in both North America and Europe, the only producer of polypropylene sheet foam in North America and the first producer of inflatable engineered cushioning with individual cells. Our future business success will continue to depend upon our ability to maintain and enhance our technological capabilities, develop and market products and applications that meet changing customer needs and successfully anticipate or respond to technological changes on a cost-effective and timely basis. Our inability to anticipate, respond to or utilize changing technologies could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our business operations could be negatively impacted if we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property rights or if third parties claim that we are in violation of their intellectual property rights.
     We currently rely on a combination of registered and unregistered trademarks, patents, copyrights, domain names, proprietary know-how, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights throughout the world to protect certain aspects of our business. We employ various methods to protect our intellectual property, including confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with third parties.
     While we attempt to ensure that our intellectual property and similar proprietary rights are protected, despite the steps we have taken to prevent unauthorized use of our intellectual property, third parties and current and former employees and contractors may take actions that affect our rights or the value of our intellectual property, similar proprietary rights or reputation. We have relied on, and in the future we may continue to rely on litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights and contractual rights, and, if such enforcement measures are not successful, we may not be able to protect the value of our intellectual property. Regardless of its outcome, any litigation could be protracted and costly and could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
     In addition, we face the risk of claims that we are infringing third parties’ intellectual property rights. We believe that our intellectual property rights are sufficient to allow us to conduct our business without incurring liability to third parties. However, we have received, and from time to time, may receive in the future, claims from third parties by which such third parties assert infringement claims against us and can give no assurance that claims or litigation asserting infringement by us of third parties’ intellectual property rights will not be initiated in the future. Any such claim, even if it is without merit, could be expensive and time-consuming; could cause us to cease making, using or selling certain products that incorporate the disputed intellectual property; could require us to redesign our products, if feasible; could divert management time and attention; and could require us to enter into costly royalty or licensing arrangements, to the extent such arrangements are available.
We are subject to government regulation.
     We are subject to government regulation by many U.S. and non-U.S. supranational, national, federal, state and local governmental authorities. For instance, certain of our protective and specialty packaging products are subject to the U.S. Clean Air Act, U.S. Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, U.S. Consumer Product Safety Act, U.S. Meat Products Inspection Acts, Canada Food and Drug regulations and various E.U. directives. In some circumstances, before we may sell some of our products these authorities must approve these products, our manufacturing processes and facilities. We are also subject to ongoing reviews of our products and manufacturing processes.
     In order to obtain regulatory approval of various new products, we must, among other things, demonstrate to the relevant authority that the product is safe and effective for its intended uses and that we are capable of manufacturing the product in accordance with current regulations. The process of seeking approvals can be costly, time consuming and subject to unanticipated and significant delays. There can be no assurance that approvals will be granted to us on a timely basis, or at all. Any delay in obtaining, or any failure to obtain or maintain, these approvals would adversely affect our ability to introduce new products and to generate revenue from those products.

14


Table of Contents

     New laws and regulations may be introduced in the future that could result in additional compliance costs, seizures, confiscation, recall or monetary fines, any of which could prevent or inhibit the development, distribution and sale of our products. If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we may be subject to civil remedies, including fines, injunctions, recalls or seizures, as well as criminal penalties, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The cost of complying with laws relating to the protection of the environment may be significant.
     We are subject to extensive federal, state, municipal, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and the environment, including those limiting the discharge of pollutants into the air and water and those regulating the treatment, storage, disposal and remediation of, and exposure to, solid and hazardous wastes and hazardous materials. Certain environmental laws and regulations impose joint and several liability on past and present owners and operators of sites, to clean up, or contribute to the cost of cleaning up sites at which contaminants were disposed or released without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of or caused the presence of the contaminants, and regardless of whether the practices that resulted in the contamination were legal at the time they occurred. In addition, under certain of these laws and regulations, a party that disposes of contaminants at a third party disposal site may also become a responsible party required to share in the costs of in the investigation or cleanup of the site.
     We believe that the future cost of compliance with current environmental laws and regulations and liabilities associated with claims or known environmental conditions will not have a material adverse effect on our business. We believe our costs for compliance with environmental laws and regulations have historically averaged $1 to $2 million, annually. However, future events, such as new or more stringent environmental laws and regulations, any related damage claims, the discovery of previously unknown environmental conditions requiring response action, or more vigorous enforcement or new interpretations of existing environmental laws and regulations may require us to incur additional costs that could be material.
Our international operations expose us to risks related to conducting business in multiple jurisdictions outside the United States.
     The international scope of our operations may lead to volatile financial results and difficulties in managing our business. We generated approximately 66% of our sales outside the United States for the year ended December 31, 2008. International sales and operations are subject to a number of risks, including:
    exchange rate fluctuations;
 
    restrictive governmental actions such as the imposition of trade quotas and restrictions on transfers of funds;
 
    changes in non-U.S. labor laws and regulations affecting our ability to hire, retain or dismiss employees;
 
    the need to comply with multiple and potentially conflicting laws and regulations;
 
    difficulties and costs of staffing, managing and accounting for foreign operations;
 
    unfavorable business conditions or economic instability in any particular country or region; and
 
    difficulty in obtaining distribution and support.
Any of these factors, by itself or in combination with others, could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.
     Our exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations results primarily from the translation exposure associated with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, as well as from transaction exposure associated with generating revenues and incurring expenses in different currencies. While our consolidated financial statements are

15


Table of Contents

reported in U.S. dollars, the financial statements of our subsidiaries outside the United States are prepared using the local currency as the functional currency and translated into U.S. dollars by applying an appropriate exchange rate. As a result, fluctuations in the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar relative to the local currencies in which our subsidiaries outside the United States report could cause significant fluctuations in our results. Our sales and expenses are recorded in a variety of currencies. During periods of a strengthening U.S. dollar, our reported international sales and earnings could be reduced because foreign currencies may translate into fewer U. S. dollars. Also, while we generally incur expenses in the same geographic markets in which our products are sold, certain corporate overhead expenses are relatively concentrated in the United States as compared with sales, so that in a time of strengthening of the U.S. dollar, our profit margins could be reduced.
     While our expenses with respect to foreign operations are generally denominated in the same currency as the corresponding sales, we have transaction exposure to the extent our receipts and expenditures are not offsetting in any currency. Moreover, the costs of doing business abroad may increase as a result of adverse exchange rate fluctuations.
If we are unable to improve existing products and develop new products, our sales and industry position may suffer.
     We believe that our future success will continue to depend, in part, upon our ability to make innovations in our existing products and to develop, manufacture and market new products. This will depend, in part, on the success of our research and development and engineering efforts, our ability to expand or modify our manufacturing capacity and the extent to which we convince customers and consumers to accept our new products. Historically, our ability to innovate has been a key factor in our ability to expand our product line and grow our revenue base. For example, the Protective Packaging segment recently introduced a new family of “green” products to address the growing need for sustainable packaging alternatives. These products include Astro-Bubble® Green, the first introduction of recycled-content bubble. Also included in our sustainable product portfolio are Astro-Bubble® Renew, Absolute EZ-Seam Renew™ (recycled content floor underlayment), Hefty Express® mailers and Jiffy™ Green bubble rolls and mailer products. If we fail to successfully introduce, market and manufacture new products or product innovations and differentiate our products from those of our competitors, our ability to maintain or expand our sales and to maintain or enhance our industry position could be adversely affected, which in turn could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our business may be interrupted due to focus on our restructuring activities, and we may not be able to achieve cost savings as a result of our restructuring efforts and productivity and cost reduction initiatives.
     Since the end of 2007 we have sought to achieve savings through various restructuring efforts and productivity and cost reduction initiatives. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve savings from these efforts, at meaningful levels or at all. There are many factors which affect our ability to achieve savings as a result of productivity and cost reduction initiatives, such as difficult economic conditions, increased costs in other areas, the effects of and costs related to newly acquired entities, and mistaken assumptions. In addition, any actual savings may be balanced by incremental costs that were not foreseen at the time of the restructuring or cost reduction initiatives. As a result, anticipated savings may not be achieved on the timetable desired or at all. Additionally, while we execute these restructuring activities to achieve these savings, it is possible that our attention may be diverted from our ongoing operations which may have a negative impact on our ongoing operations.
Under the current SEC rules, our auditors will be required to report for the first time on the effectiveness of the internal controls over financial reporting of our business in our annual report on Form 10-K for 2009.
     Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 404”) and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder require subject companies’ annual reports to contain a report of management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and an attestation of our independent registered public accounting firm as to that management report. Under the current SEC rules, our first management internal controls report is included within this Form 10-K. Based on current rules set forth by the SEC, our first auditor attestation of management’s report will be required commencing with our annual report on Form 10-K for 2009.

16


Table of Contents

     We believe we have undertaken the work necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 404. However, once our auditors are required to report on our internal controls, if our auditors are unable to attest that our management’s report is fairly stated or they are unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of the internal controls, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports.
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the instruments governing our indebtedness.
     We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2008, we had total indebtedness of $465.6 million, which does not include up to an additional $38.3 million that may be borrowed under Pregis’s senior secured revolving credit facility (after giving consideration to $6.7 million in letters of credit outstanding and $5.0 million of availability not likely to be fulfilled by Lehman at December 31, 2008) and $100.0 million that may be borrowed under Pregis’s term loan facilities subject to certain conditions.
     Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences. For example, it could:
    make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations under the instruments governing our indebtedness;
 
    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development efforts and other general corporate purposes;
 
    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
 
    place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and
 
    limit our ability to borrow additional funds for capital expenditures, acquisitions, working capital or other purposes.
     At December 31, 2008, we had $317.6 million of variable rate debt. If market interest rates increase, such variable-rate debt will create higher debt service requirements, which could adversely affect our cash flow. We expect our 2009 cash interest expense to be approximately $41 million, calculated based on the interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates in effect at December 31, 2008 and assuming payment of scheduled maturities. Each one point increase or decrease in the applicable variable interest rates on Pregis’s senior secured credit facilities and senior secured floating rate notes would correspondingly change our 2009 interest expense by approximately $1.8 million (based on rates in effect at December 31, 2008). While we may enter into agreements limiting our exposure to higher interest rates, any such agreements may not offer complete protection from this risk.
The agreements governing our debt, including the notes and our senior secured credit facilities, contain various covenants that impose restrictions on us that may affect our ability to operate our business.
     Our existing agreements impose and future financing agreements are likely to impose operating and financial restrictions on our activities. These restrictions require us to comply with or maintain certain financial tests and ratios, including a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio, and limit or prohibit our ability to, among other things:
    incur, assume or permit to exist additional indebtedness, guaranty obligations or hedging arrangements;
 
    incur liens or agree to negative pledges in other agreements;
 
    make capital expenditures;

17


Table of Contents

    make loans and investments;
 
    declare dividends, make payments or redeem or repurchase capital stock;
 
    limit the ability of our subsidiaries to enter into agreements restricting dividends and distributions;
 
    with respect to the senior secured floating rate notes, engage in sale-leaseback transactions;
 
    engage in mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations;
 
    prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness;
 
    amend or otherwise alter the terms of our organizational documents, our indebtedness and other material agreements;
 
    sell assets or engage in receivables securitizations;
 
    transact with affiliates; and
 
    alter the business that we conduct.
     These restrictions on our ability to operate our business could seriously harm our business by, among other things, limiting our ability to take advantage of financing, merger and acquisition and other corporate opportunities.
     Various risks, uncertainties and events beyond our control could affect our ability to comply with these covenants and maintain these financial tests and ratios. Failure to comply with any of the covenants in our existing or future financing agreements could result in a default under those agreements and under other agreements containing cross-default provisions. A default would permit lenders to accelerate the maturity of the debt under these agreements and to foreclose upon any collateral securing the debt. Under these circumstances, we might not have sufficient funds or other resources to satisfy all of our obligations. In addition, the limitations imposed by financing agreements on our ability to incur additional debt and to take other actions might significantly impair our ability to obtain other financing. We cannot assure you that we will be granted waivers or amendments to these agreements if for any reason we are unable to comply with these agreements, or that we will be able to refinance our debt on terms acceptable to us, or at all.
We may not generate sufficient cash flow to enable us to fund our liquidity needs.
     We believe that cash flow generated from operations and our borrowing capacity will be adequate to meet our obligations and business requirements for the next twelve months. However, there can be no assurance that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that anticipated net sales growth and operating improvements will be realized or that future borrowings will be available under Pregis’s senior secured credit facilities in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. Our ability to meet our debt service obligations and other capital requirements, including capital expenditures, will depend upon our future performance which, in turn, will be subject to general economic, financial, business, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other conditions, many of which are beyond our control. Some other risks that could materially adversely affect our ability to meet our debt service obligations include, but are not limited to, risks related to increases in the cost of resin, our ability to protect our intellectual property, rising interest rates, further decline in the overall U.S. and European economies, weakening in our end markets, the loss of key personnel, our ability to continue to invest in equipment, and a decline in relations with our key distributors and dealers.
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
     This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. You can generally identify forward-looking statements by our use of forward-looking terminology such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “should,” or “will,” or the negative thereof or other variations thereon or comparable terminology. In particular, statements about the markets in which

18


Table of Contents

we operate, including growth of our various markets and growth in the use of our products, and our expectations, beliefs, plans, strategies, objectives, prospects, assumptions or future events or performance contained in this report under Item 1, “Business,” Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” are forward-looking statements. In addition, the forward-looking statements contained herein regarding market share, market sizes and changes in markets are subject to various estimations, uncertainties and risks.
     We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections. While we believe these expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections are reasonable, such forward-looking statements are only predictions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. These and other important factors, including those discussed in this report under Item 1, “Business,” Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Some of the factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements include:
    risks associated with our substantial indebtedness and debt service;
 
    increases in prices and availability of resin and other raw materials and our ability to pass these increased costs on to our customers and our ability to raise our prices generally with respect to our products;
 
    risks of increasing competition in our existing and future markets, including competition from new products introduced by competitors;
 
    our ability to meet future capital requirements;
 
    general economic or business conditions, including the possibility of a recession in the U.S. and a worldwide economic slowdown, as well as recent disruptions to the credit and financial markets in the U.S. and worldwide;
 
    risks related to our acquisition or divestiture strategy;
 
    our ability to retain management;
 
    our ability to protect our intellectual property rights;
 
    changes in governmental laws and regulations, including environmental laws and regulations;
 
    changes in foreign currency exchange rates; and
 
    other risks and uncertainties, including those listed under Item 1A, “Risk Factors.”
     Given these risks and uncertainties, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements included in this report are made only as of the date hereof. We do not undertake and specifically decline any obligation to update any such statements or to publicly announce the results of any revisions to any of such statements to reflect future events or developments.

19


Table of Contents

ITEM 1B.   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
     Not applicable.
ITEM 2.   PROPERTIES
     Our international corporate headquarters is located in Deerfield, Illinois in a leased facility. We position our manufacturing locations and warehouses in order to optimize access to our customers and distributors. Our Protective Packaging segment operates 22 manufacturing facilities in North America (United States, Canada and Mexico) and 15 in Europe. We have broad reach within Europe, through key facilities located in Belgium, Germany, the Netherlands, Italy, England, Poland and the Czech Republic. We own approximately half of our Protective Packaging facilities, while the rest are leased. Our Specialty Packaging segment produces flexible packaging products at two manufacturing facilities in Germany and one in Egypt, each of which are owned, while its rigid packaging products are produced in three leased facilities within the United Kingdom (one each in England, Scotland and Wales). Its medical supply products are manufactured at owned facilities in Germany and Bulgaria. We also lease other warehouse and administrative space at other locations. We believe the plants, warehouses, and other properties owned or leased by us are well maintained and in good operating condition.
ITEM 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
     We are party to various lawsuits, legal proceedings and administrative actions arising out of the normal course of our business. While it is not possible to predict the outcome of any of these lawsuits, proceedings and actions, management, based on its assessment of the facts and circumstances now known, does not believe that any of these lawsuits, proceedings and actions, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our financial position. However, actual outcomes may be different than expected and could have a material effect on our results of operations or cash flows in a particular period.
ITEM 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
     No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the quarter ended December 31, 2008.
PART II
ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
     There is no established public trading market for the registrant’s common stock. All of the registrant’s issued and outstanding common stock is held by Pregis Holding I.
     The registrant has not paid any cash dividends in the past. We anticipate that any earnings will be retained for development of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Pregis’s senior secured credit facilities, senior subordinated notes and senior secured notes all restrict our ability to issue cash dividends. Any future dividends declared would be at the discretion of our board of directors and would depend on our financial condition, results of operations, contractual obligations, the terms of our financing agreements at the time a dividend is considered, and other relevant factors.

20


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
     The historical financial information as of December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005, and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and the period from October 13, 2005 to December 31, 2005 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Pregis Holding II following the Acquisition (the “Successor”). The historical financial data set forth below for the period from January 1, 2005 to October 12, 2005 and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004 has been derived from the audited combined financial statements of the business comprising Pregis prior to the Acquisition (the “Predecessor”). You should read this data in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this report.
                                                 
    Successor     Predecessor  
                            October 13 to     January 1 to     Year ended  
    Year ended     December 31,     October 12,     December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2008     2007     2006     2005     2005     2004  
Statement of Operations:
                                               
 
                                               
Net sales
  $ 1,019,364     $ 979,399     $ 925,499     $ 191,602     $ 678,034     $ 831,130  
Operating costs and expenses:
                                               
Cost of sales, excluding depreciation and amortization
    798,690       740,235       713,550       155,716       535,409       650,593  
Selling, general and administrative
    127,800       137,180       125,944       24,172       87,973       103,760  
Depreciation and amortization
    52,344       55,799       53,179       10,947       25,195       32,123  
Goodwill impairment
    19,057                         35,654        
Other operating expense (income), net
    8,146       190       234       (122 )     460       12,712  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total operating costs and expenses
    1,006,037       933,404       892,907       190,713       684,691       799,188  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Operating income (loss)
    13,327       45,995       32,592       889       (6,657 )     31,942  
Interest expense
    49,069       46,730       42,535       10,524       2,195       3,562  
Interest income
    (875 )     (1,325 )     (246 )     (153 )     (150 )     (65 )
Foreign exchange loss (gain), net
    14,728       (2,339 )     (6,139 )     (4,787 )     (521 )      
Gain on sale of securities
                            (1,228 )      
 
                                   
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (49,595 )     2,929       (3,558 )     (4,695 )     (6,953 )     28,445  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (1,865 )     7,708       4,842       (1,286 )     1,356       13,056  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Net income (loss)
  $ (47,730 )   $ (4,779 )   $ (8,400 )   $ (3,409 )   $ (8,309 )   $ 15,389  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Other Data:
                                               
Capital expenditures
  $ 30,882     $ 34,626     $ 28,063     $ 3,910     $ 21,906     $ 19,321  
 
    Successor           Predecessor
    As of December 31,           As of December 31,
(dollars in thousands)   2008   2007   2006   2005           2004
Balance Sheet Data (at end of years):
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 41,179     $ 34,989     $ 45,667     $ 54,141             $ 22,595  
Working capital (1)
    106,346       129,370       121,851       102,752               157,014  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    245,124       277,398       270,646       265,970               306,217  
Total assets
    736,376       855,319       797,032       774,206               853,958  
Total debt (2)
    465,616       477,724       455,317       434,136               110,113  
Total stockholder’s / owner’s equity
    90,101       153,657       144,260       144,828               550,100  
 
(1)   Working capital in the Successor period is defined as current assets, excluding cash, less current liabilities. Working capital in the Predecessor period is defined as trade receivables, plus inventory, less trade payables.
 
(2)   Total debt includes short-term and long-term debt, including affiliated debt in the Predecessor periods.

21


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
     The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this report. In addition to historical information, this discussion may contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described in this report under Item 1A, “Risk Factors.” Future results could differ materially from those discussed below. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in Item 1A above.
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
     We commenced operations as Pregis Corporation on October 13, 2005, at which time Pregis acquired all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Pactiv Corporation’s subsidiaries operating its global protective packaging and European specialty packaging businesses.
     In the fourth quarter of 2008, we began reporting the operations of our flexible packaging, hospital supplies and rigid packaging businesses as one reportable segment, Specialty Packaging, to be aligned with changes in our internal management structure. See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion. As a result of this change, we now report two reportable segments:
     Protective Packaging — This segment manufactures, markets, sells and distributes protective packaging products in North America and Europe. Its protective mailers, air-encapsulated bubble products, sheet foam, engineered foam, inflatable airbag systems, honeycomb products and other protective packaging products are manufactured and sold for use in cushioning, void-fill, surface-protection, containment and blocking & bracing applications.
     Specialty Packaging — This segment provides innovative packaging solutions for food, medical, and other specialty packaging applications, primarily in Europe. This segment includes the activities that had previously been reported as the Flexible Packaging, Rigid Packaging, and Hospital Supplies reportable segments.
     All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.
EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW
     We are an international manufacturer, marketer and supplier of protective packaging products and specialty packaging solutions. We currently operate 46 facilities in 18 countries, with approximately 4,200 employees world-wide. We sell our products to a wide array of customers, including retailers, distributors, packer processors, hospitals, fabricators and directly to the end-users. Approximately 66% of our 2008 net sales were generated outside of the U.S., so we are sensitive to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily between the euro and pound sterling with the U.S. dollar. Towards the end of 2008, the dollar strengthened significantly against the euro and the pound sterling which unfavorably impacted our net sales in the fourth quarter, as compared to 2007.
     Demand for protective packaging products has historically grown at a higher rate than the broader economy. Although both the North American and European economies, our primary markets, weakened significantly throughout 2008, we expect this underlying global trend to continue once the economy recovers prompted by further expansion of Internet commerce and mail order catalog sales as well as the increased customization of protective packaging applications in the general industrial, electronics, medical and other industries. Demand for our flexible and rigid packaging products is influenced by increases in consumer demand for convenience products and disposable packaging. Similarly, we expect to see continued growth in the demand for pre-packaged surgical procedure packs and disposable medical products, such as drapes and gowns.
     Our 2008 financial performance was below our initial expectations due to the escalation of raw material costs, which had a significant negative impact on our performance in the first half of the year, coupled with unprecedented economic weakness in both the North American and European economies, which negatively impacted us in the second

22


Table of Contents

half, and particularly in the fourth quarter. Despite these challenging conditions, we still generated solid earnings and positive cash flow and implemented a number of cost reduction initiatives which will continue to benefit our business going forward. We generated 2008 net sales totaling $1,019.4 million, representing an increase of $40.0 million, or 4.1%, over our 2007 net sales of $979.4 million. Excluding the impact of favorable foreign currency translation, resulting from a stronger euro and pound sterling to the U.S. dollar on average during the year, and the incremental net sales generated by entities acquired in the second half of 2007, our 2008 net sales declined by 1.1% compared to 2007. While our net sales benefited from increased pricing, this was not sufficient to offset the decline in sales volumes resulting from the weakened economic conditions impacting our U.S. and European markets.
     Our 2008 gross margin (defined as net sales less cost of sales, excluding depreciation and amortization) as a percentage of net sales was 21.6% compared to 24.4% for 2007. The lower margin percentage reflects the impact of higher raw material and energy-related costs, which escalated throughout much of 2008. Approximately 75% of our annual sales come from products made from various types of plastic resins, principally polyethylene and polypropylene, so our operations are highly sensitive to fluctuations in the costs of plastic resins. Although resin costs began to decline from their peak levels in September, through the first nine months of 2008 resin costs in North America and Europe increased 31% and 12%, respectively, compared to the first nine months of 2007, as measured by the respective market indices. Additionally, our freight and utility costs were also comparably higher due to increases in the market prices of fuel and energy.
     Throughout the year, we took a variety of actions in order to mitigate these increases in raw material and energy-related costs. During the third quarter of 2008, we implemented a number of selling price increases throughout our businesses. We realized some benefit from these actions in the third and fourth quarters and expect to realize additional benefit through 2009. In addition to the selling price increases, we implemented a number of company-wide restructuring programs to improve profitability. The programs included headcount reductions, plant consolidations, and numerous productivity programs to maximize our operating effectiveness. These programs were substantially completed by the end of 2008 and we achieved costs savings in excess of $10 million in 2008, although these savings were offset in part by the impact of significant volume declines in the fourth quarter. Given the continued uncertainty surrounding the economic environment, we are implementing additional restructuring initiatives to reduce our cost structure by optimizing our manufacturing footprint and our organizational structure and operating processes. This next phase of our restructuring should be fully implemented by mid-2009. We anticipate that these new initiatives should drive 2009 year-over-year savings of approximately $15 to $20 million, which will help offset the economic weakness we believe will continue throughout 2009.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Net Sales
                                                                 
                                            Change Attributable to the    
                                  Following Factors
                                    Price/                   Currency
    Year ended December 31,   $ Change   % Change   Mix   Volume   Acquisitions   Translation
    2008   2007                                                
2008 versus 2007
  $ 1,019,364     $ 979,399     $ 39,965       4.1 %     1.6 %     (2.7 )%     2.9 %     2.3 %
                                                                 
    2007   2006                                                
2007 versus 2006
  $ 979,399     $ 925,499     $ 53,900       5.8 %     0.1 %     (0.5 )%     0.8 %     5.4 %
     Our 2008 net sales increased by 4.1% compared to 2007, driven by the benefit of our selling price increases, favorable foreign currency, and incremental sales from acquisitions, offset in part by lower volumes, which declined almost 10% in the fourth quarter of 2008.
     Our 2007 net sales increased by 5.8% compared to 2006, with favorable foreign currency accounting for the majority of the increase, due to the strengthening of the euro and British pound sterling in relation to the U.S. dollar.

23


Table of Contents

     A discussion of net sales by reportable segment is included in the Review of Business Segments section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.
Cost of sales, excluding depreciation and amortization
                         
    2008   2007   2006
 
                       
Cost of sales, excluding depreciation and amortization
  $ 798,690     $ 740,235     $ 713,550  
Gross margin %
    21.6 %     24.4 %     22.9 %
     Gross margin (defined as net sales less cost of sales, excluding depreciation and amortization) as a percentage of net sales decreased by 280 basis points to 21.6% in 2008 compared to 2007. Our 2008 gross margin was impacted by increased costs of resin, fuel, and other raw materials, as well as significant volume declines in the Protective Packaging segment, particularly in the fourth quarter. Although resin prices declined in the fourth quarter, our underlying raw material costs steadily increased through September 2008, which narrowed the spread between our sales prices and material costs, causing our gross margin as a percentage of net sales to decrease on a year-over-year basis. Our margins benefitted from selling price increases implemented in the third quarter and cost savings from our various cost reduction and productivity initiatives; however, these benefits were not sufficient to offset the higher costs of raw materials and the impact of reduced sales volumes.
     Gross margin as a percentage of net sales increased 150 basis points to 24.4% in 2007 compared to 2006. The improvement in our 2007 gross margin percentage reflects significant net cost savings generated by our lean manufacturing and other productivity initiatives, as well as higher profitability resulting from our efforts to rationalize product mix and customer base, primarily in our U.S. businesses.
Selling, general and administrative
                         
    2008   2007   2006
 
                       
Selling, general and administrative
  $ 127,800     $ 137,180     $ 125,944  
As a percent of net sales
    12.5 %     14.0 %     13.6 %
     Selling, general and administrative expenses (SG&A) decreased by $9.4 million, or 6.8%, in 2008 compared to 2007. As a percent of net sales, SG&A declined by 150 basis points to 12.5%, reflecting cost savings from headcount reductions and other expense reductions resulting from our cost reduction initiatives. Adjusting 2008 SG&A for the impact of unfavorable foreign currency translation (approximately $2.8 million) and incremental expenses from recent acquisitions (approximately $4.0 million), and adjusting 2007 SG&A by $3.1 million for the write-off of third party due diligence and legal costs related to a potential acquisition that was ultimately not consummated, our 2008 SG&A as a percent of net sales totals 11.8% compared to 13.6% for 2007, with the improvement driven by the cost savings noted.
     In 2007, SG&A increased by $11.3 million, or 8.9%, compared to 2006. Approximately $6.0 million of the increase relates to the impact of foreign currency translation. The 2007 expenses also includes the write-off of $3.1 million of third party due diligence and legal costs as noted above, as well as approximately $0.7 million of incremental expense attributed to entities that were acquired during 2007. Normalizing for these items, 2007 SG&A as a percent of net sales would have been 13.6%, or consistent with the 2006 level.

24


Table of Contents

Depreciation and Amortization
                         
    2008   2007   2006
 
                       
Depreciation and amortization
  $ 52,344     $ 55,799     $ 53,179  
Change compared to prior year
    (3,455 )     2,620        
 
    (6.2 )%     4.9 %        
     Depreciation and amortization expense (D&A) declined $3.5 million, or 6.2%, in 2008 compared to 2007. While D&A has increased in 2008 due to unfavorable foreign currency translation, this has been more than offset by the impact of longer lives from recent additions which has lowered the average depreciation rate.
     In 2007, D&A increased by $2.6 million, or 4.9%, compared to 2006 primarily due to the impact of foreign currency translation.
Goodwill Impairment
     We performed our annual goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter 2008. The initial step of our impairment test indicated the potential for impairment in one of the reporting units included within our Specialty Packaging segment, due to the anticipation of a significant reduction in future revenue from a customer that had historically comprised a material portion of the reporting unit’s annual revenues. We performed the second step of the goodwill impairment test, using valuation experts to estimate the fair values of the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities, and determined that an impairment of goodwill existed. Accordingly, we recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $19.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2008. See further discussion regarding the goodwill impairment in the “Summary of Critical Accounting Policies” within this Management’s Discussion and Analysis and Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.
Other Operating Expense (Income), Net
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
Severance and restructuring
  $ 9,321     $ 2,926     $ 313  
Curtailment gain
    (3,736 )            
Trademark impairment
    1,297       403        
Insurance settlement
          (2,873 )      
Other, net
    1,264       (266 )     (79 )
 
                 
 
  $ 8,146     $ 190     $ 234  
 
                 
     Other operating expense (income), net includes other activity incidental to our operations, such as restructuring expenses, impairment losses and gains or losses on sale of operating fixed assets.
     In 2008, other operating expense (income) includes restructuring charges of $9.3 million, primarily for severance charges relating to headcount reductions driven by our cost reduction initiatives, including a plan approved in the third quarter to close one of our European plants and consolidate its operations into other existing facilities. In 2007, other operating expense (income) includes a reserve of $2.9 million established primarily within the Specialty Packaging segment for severance and related costs arising from a plan to restructure its Warburg, Germany workforce which was implemented in 2008. See Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements for details regarding our restructuring activities.
     In 2008, we also realized a curtailment gain relating to the European plant closure, as further discussed in Note 16, while 2007 includes a gain of $2.9 million on the insurance settlement for a printer operated by the Specialty Packaging segment, which was destroyed by fire in the first quarter of 2007. The replacement printer was commissioned in mid-2008.

25


Table of Contents

Operating Income (Loss)
                         
    2008   2007   2006
 
                       
Operating income
  $ 13,327     $ 45,995     $ 32,592  
Change compared to prior year
    (32,668 )     13,403        
 
    (71.0 )%     41.1 %        
     Operating income in 2008 decreased $32.7 million, or 71.0%, compared to 2007. The decline in operating income is due to the impact of higher raw material costs and lower volumes, as well as the goodwill impairment charge and additional restructuring charges, partially offset by the benefits of our cost reduction initiatives and lower selling, general and administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization.
     Operating income in 2007 increased $13.4 million, or 41.1%, compared to 2006, reflecting the benefits of the productivity savings discussed previously, partially offset by increased selling, general and administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization.
        .
Interest Expense
                         
    2008   2007   2006
 
                       
Interest expense
  $ 49,069     $ 46,730     $ 42,535  
Change compared to prior year
    2,339       4,195        
 
    5.0 %     9.9 %        
     Interest expense in 2008 increased $2.3 million, or 5%, compared to interest expense in 2007. In the third quarter, we terminated an interest rate swap arrangement due to counterparty default, as discussed in Note 9 to the financial statements. Given the uncertainty of collecting the amount owed to us from the counterparty of approximately $1.3 million, a reserve was established for this amount against interest expense. In addition, 2008 interest expense reflects the impacts of higher U.S. dollar equivalent interest on our euro-denominated debt due to a stronger euro relative to the U.S. dollar on average during 2008 and higher EURIBOR-based rates underlying a portion of our floating rate debt, partially offset by the positive cash flow impact from the interest rate swap agreement received prior to its termination. For the year ended December 31, 2008, we reduced our interest expense by $1.0 million on the basis of settlements from the swap arrangements, compared to a reduction of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
     Interest expense in 2007 increased by $4.2 million, or 9.9%, compared to interest expense in 2006. The increase was due in part to the strengthening of the euro relative to the U.S. dollar, which increased the U.S. dollar equivalent interest on our euro-denominated debt. In addition, the market rates underlying most of our variable rate debt increased in 2007, and, in the first half of 2007, we incurred approximately $1.0 million of penalty interest on our senior secured and senior subordinated notes, since we did not complete the exchange offer within the time frame specified by the registration rights agreement.
Foreign Exchange Loss (Gain), Net
                         
    2008   2007   2006
 
                       
Foreign exchange loss (gain), net
  $ 14,728     $ (2,339 )   $ (6,139 )
     A portion of our third-party debt is denominated in euro and revalued to U.S. dollars at our month-end reporting periods. We also maintain an intercompany debt structure, whereby Pregis Corporation has provided euro-denominated loans to certain of its foreign subsidiaries and these and other foreign subsidiaries have provided euro-denominated loans to certain U.K. based subsidiaries. At each month-end reporting period we recognize unrealized gains and losses on the revaluation of these instruments, resulting from the fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and euro exchange rate, as well as the pound sterling and euro exchange rate.

26


Table of Contents

     In 2008, we recognized net foreign exchange losses of $14.7 million, reflecting the strengthening of the U.S. dollar on the revaluation of our euro-denominated third-party debt and inter-company loans, as well as the weakening of the pound sterling compared to the euro as it relates to that portion of the intercompany debt.
     This compares to the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, in which we recognized net foreign exchange gains of $2.3 million and $6.1 million, respectively, due to the impact of a weakening U.S. dollar to the euro and a weakening pound sterling to the euro with respect to revaluation of our euro-denominated third-party debt and inter-company loans.
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)
                         
    2008   2007   2006
 
                       
Income tax expense (benefit)
  $ (1,865 )   $ 7,708     $ 4,842  
Effective tax rate
    3.8 %     263.2 %     (136.1 )%
     In 2008, although we generated a significant net loss for book purposes, our effective tax rate was increased from a benefit at the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% to a benefit of only 3.8% primarily due to the establishment of additional valuation allowances taken against losses in certain countries that are not certain to result in future tax benefits (20-percentage point increase) and foreign tax rate differentials (8-percentage point increase).
     Our effective tax rate for 2007 was 263.2%. The key factors driving up our effective tax rate in 2007 were interest expense incurred in certain foreign businesses that is not deductible for statutory tax purposes (resulting in a 44-percentage point increase) and the establishment of additional valuation allowances taken against losses in certain countries that are not certain to result in future tax benefits (which increased the effective rate by 163-percentage points).
     In 2006, we generated a net loss for book purposes, primarily due to interest expense. Therefore, our 2006 effective rate was also higher than the statutory rate due to significant non-deductible interest expense, establishment of additional valuation allowances, and foreign tax rate differentials, including local taxes assessed on foreign income adjusted for items disallowed for tax purposes. See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for the detailed reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory rate to our effective tax rate.
Net Income (Loss)
     As a result of the factors discussed previously, we generated a net loss of $47.7 million in 2008, compared to a net loss $4.8 million in 2007 and a net loss of $8.4 million 2006.

27


Table of Contents

REVIEW OF BUSINESS SEGMENTS
Net Sales — 2008 vs. 2007
     The key factors that contributed to the increase in 2008 net sales were as follows:
                                                                 
                                    Change Attributable to the  
                                    Following Factors  
    Year ended December 31,                                              
                                    Price/                     Currency  
    2008     2007     $ Change     % Change     Mix     Volume     Acquisitions     Translation  
    (dollars in thousands)                                          
Segment:
                                                               
Protective Packaging
  $ 661,976     $ 636,939     $ 25,037       3.9 %     2.7 %     (5.1 )%     4.5 %     1.8 %
Specialty Packaging
    357,388       342,460       14,928       4.4 %     (0.3 )%     1.5 %           3.2 %
 
                                                         
 
                                                               
Total
  $ 1,019,364     $ 979,399     $ 39,965       4.1 %     1.6 %     (2.7 )%     2.9 %     2.3 %
 
                                                         
     For the year ended December 31, 2008, net sales of our Protective Packaging segment totaled $662.0 million, representing an increase of $25.0 million, or 3.9%, compared to net sales of $636.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The improvement reflects the benefit of selling price increases implemented principally in the third quarter in response to the escalating raw material and energy-related costs, as well as volume growth within its inflatable protective packaging systems and related materials; however, these were more than offset by volume declines in the U.S. and Europe due to weakened economic conditions. The segment’s net sales also reflect incremental revenue totaling $28.9 million from the Petroflax and Besin entities acquired in the second half of 2007, as well as favorable foreign currency translation. Excluding the impact of favorable foreign currency and revenue from acquisitions, 2008 net sales of the Protective Packaging segment decreased 2.4% compared to 2007.
     For the year ended December 31, 2008, net sales of our Specialty Packaging segment were $357.4 million, representing an increase of $14.9 million, or 4.4%, compared to net sales of $342.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The improvement was driven by favorable foreign currency and volume growth in films and surgical procedure packs, offset in part by competitive pricing pressures. Our Specialty Packaging segment has not been as impacted by the economic downturn due to the nature of its packaging products. Its flexible and rigid packaging products serve consumer food, non-food and foodservice markets which, to date, have demonstrated less sensitivity to the economic weakness than the industrial sector, and the medical supplies and packaging products serve hospitals, which are also more insulated from the economic weakness. Excluding the impact of favorable foreign currency, 2008 net sales of the Specialty Packaging segment increased 1.2% compared to 2007.
Net Sales — 2007 vs. 2006
     The key factors that contributed to the increase in 2007 net sales were as follows:
                                                                 
                                    Change Attributable to the  
                                    Following Factors  
    Year ended December 31,                                              
                                    Price/                     Currency  
    2007     2006     $ Change     % Change     Mix     Volume     Acquisitions     Translation  
    (dollars in thousands)                                          
Segment:
                                                               
Protective Packaging
  $ 636,939     $ 617,245     $ 19,694       3.2 %     1.0 %     (2.6 )%     1.2 %     3.6 %
Specialty Packaging
    342,460       308,254       34,206       11.1 %     (1.5 )%     3.7 %           8.9 %
 
                                                         
 
Total
  $ 979,399     $ 925,499     $ 53,900       5.8 %     0.1 %     (0.5 )%     0.8 %     5.4 %
 
                                                         

28


Table of Contents

     For the year ended December 31, 2007, net sales of our Protective Packaging segment totaled $636.9 million, representing an increase of $19.7 million, or 3.2%, compared to net sales of $617.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The improvement in 2007 was driven by the favorable impact of price increases implemented in 2006 in the North American businesses, incremental additional volume from acquisitions made during the year, and favorable foreign currency translation, partially offset by reduced North American product volumes. As the year progressed, the benefit from increased selling prices, primarily in the North American businesses, lessened as our raw material costs continued to escalate. The segment experienced volume declines in its U.S. businesses due to the impact of the rationalization of product and customer mix carrying over from 2006, as well as weakened demand in the U.S. for the segment’s furniture, building and automotive products. The domestic volume declines were partially mitigated by volume growth in the European protective packaging businesses. Excluding the impact of favorable foreign currency effects, 2007 net sales for the segment would have decreased 0.4% compared to the prior year.
     For the year ended December 31, 2007, net sales of our Specialty Packaging segment totaled $342.5 million, representing an increase of $34.2 million, or 11.1%, compared to net sales of $308.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The improvement in 2007 was driven by favorable foreign currency translation and volume growth in flexible packaging products serving fresh food markets and disposable medical products and surgical procedure packs, which more than offset the unfavorable mix of flexible packaging products and competitive pricing pressures in medical products. Excluding the impact of favorable foreign currency effects, 2007 net sales for the segment would have increased 2.2% compared to the prior year.
Segment Income
     We measure our segment’s operating performance on the basis of segment EBITDA, defined as net sales, less cost of sales, less selling, general and administrative expenses. See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements for a reconciliation of total segment EBITDA to consolidated income (loss) before income taxes. Segment EBITDA for the relevant periods is as follows:
                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Segment:
                       
Protective Packaging
  $ 62,812     $ 80,445     $ 71,481  
Specialty Packaging
    42,299       45,548       36,431  
 
                 
 
                       
Total segment EBITDA
  $ 105,111     $ 125,993     $ 107,912  
 
                 
     On a consolidated basis, approximately $2.0 million and $6.0 million of the segment EBITDA growth in 2008 and 2007 in relation to the prior years, respectively, was due to the favorable foreign currency impact from translating our foreign operations.
Segment Income — 2008 vs. 2007
     For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Protective Packaging segment’s EBITDA totaled $62.8 million, representing a decrease of $17.6 million, or 21.9%, compared to EBITDA of $80.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The decline was due to higher resin and other raw material costs and lower sales volumes due to the weakened U.S. and European economic environments. These declines were partially offset by the benefits we realized from our cost reduction initiatives and our selling price increases, although due to the typical lag in achieving selling price increases in response to higher raw material costs, we were not able to fully recover the higher raw material costs by the end of 2008.
     For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Specialty Packaging segment’s EBITDA totaled $42.3 million, representing a decrease of $3.2 million, or 7.1%, compared to EBITDA of $45.5 million for the year ended

29


Table of Contents

December 31, 2007. The segment’s EBITDA declined principally due to higher raw material costs and a competitive pricing environment which made it difficult to recover the higher costs. The segment also achieved significant benefit from cost savings initiatives which helped to mitigate the higher raw material costs.
Segment Income — 2007 vs. 2006
     For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Protective Packaging segment’s EBITDA totaled $80.4 million, representing an increase of $9.0 million, or 12.5%, compared to EBITDA of $71.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The improvement was due to favorable pricing and significant productivity savings, offset in part by volume declines in the U.S. businesses and higher selling, general and administrative expenses.
     For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Specialty Packaging segment’s EBITDA totaled $45.5 million, representing an increase of $9.1 million, or 25.0%, compared to EBITDA of $36.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The segment’s EBITDA improved due to productivity savings and increased volumes, which helped to offset higher raw material costs and unfavorable pricing.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Cash Flow Summary
     Our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities, as reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, are summarized as follows:
                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (dollars in thousands)  
 
                       
Cash provided by operating activities
  $ 39,654     $ 51,175     $ 22,641  
Cash used in investing activities
    (28,541 )     (61,978 )     (32,966 )
Cash used in financing activities
    (2,008 )     (2,847 )     (1,732 )
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes
    (2,915 )     2,972       3,583  
 
                 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
  $ 6,190     $ (10,678 )   $ (8,474 )
 
                 
     Cash generated by operating activities totaled $39.7 million, $51.2 million and $22.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Cash provided by operating activities decreased $11.5 million in 2008 compared to 2007 primarily due to the lower earnings generated in 2008. Additionally, while we generated more cash through the reduction of working capital in 2008, this was somewhat offset by a lower reimbursement from Pactiv for payments on indemnified tax liabilities and higher payouts of 2007 bonuses which were paid in 2008. Cash provided by operating activities in 2007 increased $28.5 million compared to 2006, primarily due to the higher earnings generated in 2007. Additionally, cash generated by operating activities in 2006 was reduced by approximately $9.0 million, which we paid to Pactiv and other vendors to settle amounts which had accumulated at 2005 year-end for payroll administered by Pactiv and other services related to the Acquisition.
     Cash used in investing activities totaled $28.5 million, $62.0 million and $33.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. In 2008, cash was used primarily to fund capital expenditures of $30.9 million, offset by proceeds on minor disposals of fixed assets and insurance proceeds of $3.2 million used to replace a printing machine which had been destroyed by a fire. Additionally, in 2008 we funded final purchase price adjustments and acquisition costs of approximately $1.0 million relating to the Besin acquisition made in 2007. We spent $28.8 million in 2007 for both the Besin and Petroflax acquisitions. The 2007 cash used for investing activities also included $34.6 million for capital expenditures. In both 2008 and 2007, we made significant investments in inflatable machines within our protective packaging businesses. In 2007 we also converted a portion

30


Table of Contents

of our rigid packaging extrusion capacity to APET from PVC, and expanded of our flexible packaging capacity with new printing and laminating equipment. In 2006, in addition to investments in machinery and equipment totaling $28.1, we used $4.9 million to acquire a small hospital supplies business.
     Cash used in financing activities totaled $2.0 million, $2.8 million and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. In all years, the primary financing use of cash has been to fund the scheduled principal payments under our senior secured credit facilities. In 2007, we also funded financing costs related to the registration of our senior secured floating rate notes and subordinated notes and a technical amendment to our debt agreements.
Contractual Obligations
     Our primary contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2008 are summarized in the table below.
                                                         
    Payments Due by Year  
                                                    2014 and  
    Total     2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     beyond  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Debt obligations:
                                                       
Principal (1)
  $ 466,732     $ 4,641     $ 1,353     $ 43,778     $ 127,270     $ 289,690     $  
Interest (2)
    180,728       41,190       40,975       40,912       36,004       21,647        
 
                                         
Total debt obligations
    647,460       45,831       42,328       84,690       163,274       311,337        
 
                                                       
Operating lease obligations
    68,119       16,091       12,519       9,715       7,291       5,227       17,276  
Capital lease obligations
    846       261       377       208                    
Purchase obligations (3)
                                         
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Total
  $ 716,425     $ 62,183     $ 55,224     $ 94,613     $ 170,565     $ 316,564     $ 17,276  
 
                                         
 
(1)   Represents scheduled annual repayments on the term B-1 and term B-2 loans under our credit facility. The senior secured floating rate notes and senior subordinated notes mature in their entirety on April 15, 2013 and October 15, 2013, respectively. Amount for 2009 includes approximately $4.0 million for a mandatory prepayment of the term loans under the Company’s credit facilities, on the basis of excess cash flow generated by the Company for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
(2)   Represents estimated cash interest expense on borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2008, assuming principal payments are made as scheduled, without giving effect to any interest rate hedge arrangements. Interest on floating rate debt was estimated using the index rates in effect as of December 31, 2008.
 
(3)   This table does not include information on our recurring purchases of materials for use in production, as our raw material purchase contracts typically do not require fixed or minimum quantities.
     Due to the uncertainty of the timing of settlement with taxing authorities, we are unable to make reasonably reliable estimates of the period of cash settlement of unrecognized tax benefits. Therefore, $11.3 million of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2008 have been excluded from the table above. Of this amount, $8.2 million is subject to indemnification under the Stock Purchase Agreement with Pactiv and would therefore be reimbursed if the Company is required to settle these amounts in cash. See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere within this report.
     Our contractual obligations and commitments over the next several years are significant. In addition to our contractual obligations noted above, we will also require cash to make capital expenditures, pay taxes, and make contributions under the defined benefit pension plans covering certain of our European employees. We incur capital expenditures for the purpose of maintaining and replacing existing equipment and facilities, and from time to time, for facility expansion. Our capital expenditures totaled $30.9 million, $34.6 million, and $28.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and we expect our 2009 capital expenditures to total approximately $20 to $22 million. We paid taxes of $1.4 million, $3.8 million and $5.2 million during 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, net of amounts repaid by Pactiv under the terms of the indemnity agreement. We

31


Table of Contents

contributed approximately $3.0 million annually to our defined benefit plans in each of the last three years and expect to contribute approximately $2.0 million during 2009, which is reduced due to the curtailment within our Netherlands pension plan. We are also paying an annual management fee of $1.5 million, plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, to AEA Investors LP for advisory and consulting services provided to us under the terms of a management agreement.
     Our principal source of liquidity will continue to be cash flow generated from operations, as well as borrowings available to us under a $50 million revolving credit facility. Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. (Lehman) was a participating lender in our revolving credit facility. As a result of the bankruptcy of Lehman’s parent company, we do not expect Lehman to fulfill its commitment under the revolving credit facility, such that our available line of credit under this facility has effectively been reduced by Lehman’s commitment of $5 million. At December 31, 2008, we had cash and cash equivalents of $41.2 million. Additionally, we had availability of $38.3 million under the revolving credit facility, after taking into account $6.7 million in outstanding letters of credit issued under this facility as well as the commitment reduction noted.
     To the extent that we generate cash in excess of that needed to fund our requirements as discussed above, we presently expect that such excess cash would be used to invest in the business, with any additional excess used to pay down principal on our term loan facilities.
     Long-term Liquidity. We believe that cash flow generated from operations and our borrowing capacity will be adequate to meet our obligations and business requirements for the next twelve months. There can be no assurance, however, that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that anticipated operating improvements will be realized or that future borrowings will be available under Pregis’s senior secured credit facilities in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. Our ability to meet our debt service obligations and other capital requirements, including capital expenditures, will depend upon our future performance which, in turn, will be subject to general economic, financial, business, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other conditions, many of which are beyond our control. Some other risks that could materially adversely affect our ability to meet our debt service obligations include, but are not limited to, risks related to increases in the cost of resin, our ability to protect our intellectual property, rising interest rates, further decline in the overall U.S. and European economies, weakening in our end markets, the loss of key personnel, our ability to continue to invest in equipment, and a decline in relations with our key distributors and dealers. In addition, any of the other items discussed in detail under Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” may also significantly impact our liquidity.
     The following discussion provides a description of our outstanding indebtedness at December 31, 2008:
     Senior Secured Credit Facilities. In connection with the Acquisition on October 13, 2005, Pregis entered into senior secured credit facilities which provided for a revolving credit facility and two term loans: an $88.0 million term B-1 facility and a 68.0 million term loan B-2 facility, both of which mature in October 2012. The revolving credit facility matures in October 2011 and provides for borrowings of up to $50.0 million, a portion of which may be made available to the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiary borrowers in euros and/or pounds sterling. The revolving credit facility also includes a swing-line loan sub-facility and a letter of credit sub-facility. The revolving credit facility bears interest at a rate equal to, at the Company’s option, (1) an alternate base rate or (2) LIBOR or EURIBOR, plus an applicable margin of 0.375% to 1.00% for base rate advances and 1.375% to 2.00% for LIBOR or EURIBOR advances, depending on the leverage ratio of the Company, as defined in the credit agreement. In addition, the Company is required to pay an annual commitment fee of 0.375% to 0.50% on the revolving credit facility depending on the leverage ratio of the Company, as well as customary letter of credit fees.
     The term loan B-1 facility amortizes at a rate of 1% per annum in equal quarterly installments during the first six years thereof, with the balance payable in equal quarterly installments during the seventh year thereof. The term loan B-2 facility amortizes at a rate of 1% per annum in equal quarterly installments during the first six years thereof, with the balance payable in equal quarterly installments during the seventh year thereof.

32


Table of Contents

     Subject to exceptions and, in the case of asset sale proceeds, reinvestment options, Pregis’s senior secured credit facilities require mandatory prepayments of the loans from excess cash flows, asset sales and dispositions (including insurance and condemnation proceeds), issuances of debt and issuances of equity. In the second quarter of 2009, the Company expects to make a mandatory prepayment of approximately $4.0 million, on the basis of excess cash flow generated by the Company for the year ended December 31, 2008.
     Pregis’s senior secured credit facilities and related hedging arrangements are guaranteed by Pregis Holding II, the direct holding parent company of Pregis, all of Pregis’s current and future domestic subsidiaries and, if no material tax consequences would result, Pregis’s future foreign subsidiaries and, subject to certain exceptions, are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of Pregis’s and its current and future domestic subsidiaries’ existing and future assets (subject to certain exceptions), and a first priority pledge of the capital stock of Pregis and the guarantor subsidiaries and an aggregate of 66% of the capital stock of Pregis’s first-tier foreign subsidiary.
     Pregis’s senior secured credit facilities require that it comply on a quarterly basis with certain financial covenants, including a maximum leverage ratio test and a minimum cash interest coverage ratio test. In addition, Pregis’s senior secured credit facilities include negative covenants, subject to certain exceptions, that restrict or limit Pregis’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to, among other things:
    incur, assume or permit to exist additional indebtedness, guaranty obligations or hedging arrangements,
 
    incur liens or agree to negative pledges in other agreements,
 
    engage in sale and leaseback transactions,
 
    make capital expenditures,
 
    make loans and investments,
 
    declare dividends, make payments or redeem or repurchase capital stock,
 
    in the case of subsidiaries, enter into agreements restricting dividends and distributions,
 
    engage in mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations,
 
    prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness,
 
    amend or otherwise alter the terms of Pregis’s organizational documents, Pregis’s indebtedness and other material agreements,
 
    sell assets or engage in receivables securitization,
 
    transact with affiliates, and
 
    alter the business that Pregis conducts.
     As of December 31, 2008, Pregis was in compliance with all covenants contained in its senior secured credit facilities.
     Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes. In connection with the Acquisition on October 13, 2005, Pregis issued 100.0 million aggregate principal amount of second priority senior secured floating rate notes due 2013 (the “senior secured notes”) and $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of 123/8% senior subordinated notes due 2013 (the “senior subordinated notes”).
     The senior secured notes mature on April 15, 2013. Interest accrues at a floating rate equal to EURIBOR plus 5.00% per year and is payable quarterly on January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 of each year. The senior secured notes are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by Pregis Holding II, Pregis’s immediate parent, and each of Pregis’s current and future domestic subsidiaries. Pregis may redeem some or all of the senior secured notes at redemption prices equal to 100% of their principal amount. Upon the occurrence of a change of control, Pregis

33


Table of Contents

will be required to make an offer to repurchase each holder’s notes at a repurchase price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase.
     The senior subordinated notes mature on October 15, 2013. Interest accrues at a rate of 12.375% and is payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year. The notes are senior subordinated obligations and rank junior in right of payment to all of Pregis’s senior indebtedness. The senior subordinated notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by Pregis Holding II and each of Pregis’s current and future domestic subsidiaries. Pregis may redeem some or all of the senior subordinated notes at any time prior to October 15, 2009 at a redemption price equal to par plus a make-whole premium. Pregis may redeem some or all of the senior subordinated notes on or after October 15, 2009 at redemption prices equal to 106.188% of their principal amount (in the 12 months beginning October 15, 2009), 103.094% of their principal amount (in the 12 months beginning October 15, 2010) and 100% of their principal amount (beginning October 15, 2011).
     The indentures governing the senior secured notes and the senior subordinated notes contain covenants that limit or prohibit Pregis’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make other equity distributions, make investments, create liens, incur obligations that restrict the ability of Pregis’s restricted subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to Pregis, sell assets, engage in transactions with affiliates, create unrestricted subsidiaries, and merge or consolidate with other companies or sell substantially all of Pregis’s assets. The indentures also contain reporting covenants regarding delivery of annual and quarterly financial information. The indenture governing the senior secured notes limits Pregis’s ability to incur first priority secured debt to an amount which results in its secured debt leverage ratio being equal to 3:1, plus $50 million, and prohibits it from incurring additional second priority secured debt other than by issuing additional senior secured notes. The indenture governing the senior secured notes also limits Pregis’s ability to enter into sale and leaseback transactions. The indenture governing the senior subordinated notes prohibits Pregis from incurring debt that is senior to such notes and subordinate to any other debt.
     The senior secured notes and senior subordinated notes are not listed on any national securities exchange in the United States. The senior secured notes were listed on the Irish Stock Exchange in June 2007. However, there can be no assurance that the senior secured notes will remain listed.
     Collateral for the Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes. The senior secured floating rate notes are secured by a second priority lien, subject to permitted liens, on all of the following assets owned by Pregis or the guarantors, to the extent such assets secure Pregis’s senior secured credit facilities on a first priority basis (subject to exceptions):
  (1)   substantially all of Pregis’s and each guarantor’s existing and future property and assets, including, without limitation, real estate, receivables, contracts, inventory, cash and cash accounts, equipment, documents, instruments, intellectual property, chattel paper, investment property, supporting obligations and general intangibles, with minor exceptions; and
 
  (2)   all of the capital stock or other securities of Pregis’s and each guarantor’s existing or future direct or indirect domestic subsidiaries and 66% of the capital stock or other securities of Pregis’s and each guarantor’s existing or future direct foreign subsidiaries, but only to the extent that the inclusion of such capital stock or other securities will mean that the par value, book value as carried by us, or market value (whichever is greatest) of such capital stock or other securities of any subsidiary is not equal to or greater than 20% of the aggregate principal amount of the senior secured floating rate notes outstanding.
     As of December 31, 2008, the capital stock of the following subsidiaries of Pregis constitutes collateral for the senior secured floating rate notes:

34


Table of Contents

                         
    As of December 31, 2008
    Amount of Collateral            
    (Maximum of Book Value           Market Value
    and Market Value,   Book Value of   of Capital
Name of Subsidiary   Subject to 20% Cap)   Capital Stock   Stock
 
Pregis Innovative Packaging Inc.
  $ 27,938,000     $ 31,200,000     $ 52,200,000  
Hexacomb Corporation
  $ 27,938,000     $ 32,200,000     $ 55,700,000  
Pregis (Luxembourg) Holding S.àr.l. (66%)
  $ 27,938,000     $ 20,800,000     $ 47,300,000  
Pregis Management Corporation
  $ 100     $ 100     $ 100  
     As described above, under the collateral agreement, the capital stock pledged to the senior secured floating rate noteholders constitutes collateral only to the extent that the par value or market value or book value (whichever is greatest) of the capital stock does not exceed 20% of the aggregate principal amount of the senior secured floating rate notes. This threshold is 20,000,000, or, at the December 31, 2008 exchange rate of U.S. dollars to euro of 1.3969:1.00, approximately $27.9 million. As of December 31, 2008, the book value and the market value of the shares of capital stock of Pregis Innovative Packaging Inc. were approximately $31.2 million and $52.2 million, respectively; the book value and the market value of the shares of capital stock of Hexacomb Corporation were approximately $32.2 million and $55.7 million, respectively; and the book value and the market value of 66% of the shares of capital stock of Pregis (Luxembourg) Holding S.àr.l. were approximately $20.8 million and $47.3 million, respectively. Therefore, in accordance with the collateral agreement, the collateral pool for the senior secured floating rate notes includes approximately $27.9 million with respect to the shares of capital stock of each of Pregis Innovative Packaging Inc., Hexacomb Corporation, and Pregis (Luxembourg) Holding S.àr.l. Since the book value and market value of the shares of capital stock of our other domestic subsidiary are each less than the $27.9 million threshold, it is not effected by the 20% clause of the collateral agreement.
     For the year ended December 31, 2008, certain historical equity relating to corporate expenses incurred by Pregis Management Corporation were allocated to each of the three entities, Pregis Innovative Packaging Inc., Hexacomb Corporation, and Pregis (Luxembourg) Holding S.àr.l, in order to better reflect their current book values for presentation herein on a fully-allocated basis.
     The market value of the capital stock of the guarantors and subsidiaries constituting collateral for the senior secured floating rate notes has been estimated by us on an annual basis, using a market approach. At the time of the Acquisition, the purchase price paid for these entities was determined based on a multiple of EBITDA, as was contractually agreed in the stock purchase agreement. Since that time, we have followed a similar methodology, using a multiple of EBITDA, based on that of recent transactions of comparable companies, to determine the enterprise value of these entities. To arrive at an estimate of the market value of the entities’ capital stock, we have subtracted from the enterprise value the existing debt, net of cash on hand, and have also made adjustments for the businesses’ relative portion of corporate expenses. We have determined that this methodology is a reasonable and appropriate means for determining the market value of the capital stock pledged as collateral. We intend to complete these estimates of value of the capital stock of these subsidiaries for so long necessary to determine our compliance with the collateral arrangement governing the notes.
     The value of the collateral for the senior secured floating rate notes at any time will depend on market and other economic conditions, including the availability of suitable buyers for the collateral. As of December 31, 2008, the value of the collateral for the senior secured floating rate notes totaled approximately $510.9 million, estimated as the sum of (1) the book value of the total assets of Pregis and each guarantor, excluding intercompany activity (which amount totaled $427.1 million), and (2) the collateral value of the capital stock, as outlined above (which amount totaled $83.8 million). Any proceeds received upon the sale of collateral would be paid first to the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities, who have a first lien security interest in the collateral, before any payment could be made to holders of the senior secured floating rate notes. There is no assurance that any collateral value

35


Table of Contents

would remain for the holders of the senior secured floating rate notes after payment in full to the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities.
     Covenant Ratios Contained in the Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes. The indentures governing the senior secured floating rate notes and senior subordinated notes contain two material covenants which utilize financial ratios. Non-compliance with these covenants could result in an event of default under the indentures and, under certain circumstances, a requirement to immediately repay all amounts outstanding under the notes and could trigger a cross-default under Pregis’s senior secured credit facilities or other indebtedness we may incur in the future. First, Pregis is permitted to incur indebtedness under the indentures if the ratio of Consolidated Cash Flow to Fixed Charges on a pro forma basis (referred to in the indentures as the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”) is greater than 2:1 or, if the ratio is less, only if the indebtedness falls into specified debt baskets, including, for example, a credit agreement debt basket, an existing debt basket, a capital lease and purchase money debt basket, an intercompany debt basket, a permitted guarantee debt basket, a hedging debt basket, a receivables transaction debt basket and a general debt basket. In addition, under the senior secured floating rate notes indenture, Pregis is permitted to incur first priority secured debt only if the ratio of Secured Indebtedness to Consolidated Cash Flow on a pro forma basis (referred to in the senior secured floating rate notes indenture as the “Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio”) is equal to or less than 3:1, plus $50 million. Second, the restricted payment covenant provides that Pregis may declare certain dividends, or repurchase equity securities, in certain circumstances only if Pregis’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is greater than 2:1.
     As used in the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Cash Flow, commonly referred to as Adjusted EBITDA, is calculated by adding Consolidated Net Income, income taxes, interest expense, depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expenses, amounts paid pursuant to the management agreement with AEA Investors LP, and the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve (including, without limitation, retention, severance, excess pension costs, contract termination costs and cost to consolidate facilities and relocate employees). In calculating the ratios, Consolidated Cash Flow is further adjusted by giving pro forma effect to acquisitions and dispositions that occurred in the prior four quarters, including certain cost savings and synergies expected to be obtained in the succeeding twelve months. In addition, the term Net Income is adjusted to exclude any gain or loss from the disposition of securities, and the term Consolidated Net Income is adjusted to exclude, among other things, the non-cash impact attributable to the application of the purchase method of accounting in accordance with GAAP, the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles, and other extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains or losses. While the determination of appropriate adjustments is subject to interpretation and requires judgment, we believe the adjustments listed below are in accordance with the covenants discussed above. The credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities calculates Adjusted EBITDA (referred to therein as “Consolidated EBITDA”) in a similar manner.
     The following table sets forth the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Consolidated Cash Flow (“Adjusted EBITDA”), Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio, Fixed Charges and Secured Indebtedness as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:

36


Table of Contents

                         
            Ratios
(unaudited)   Covenant   Calculated at December 31,
(dollars in thousands)   Measure   2008   2007
 
                       
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (after giving pro forma effect
  Minimum of 2.0x     2.2 x     2.7 x
to acquisitions and/or dispositions occurring in the reporting period)
                       
Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio
  Maximum of 3.0x     1.8 x     1.6 x
 
                       
Consolidated Cash Flow (“Adjusted EBITDA”)
        $ 98,100     $ 117,750  
Fixed Charges (after giving pro forma effect to acquisitions and/or dispositions occuring in the reporting period)
        $ 44,239     $ 43,195  
Secured Indebtedness
        $ 177,889     $ 183,992  
     Adjusted EBITDA is calculated under the indentures governing our senior secured floating rate notes and senior subordinated notes for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 as follows:
                 
(unaudited)   Year Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2008     2007  
 
               
Net loss of Pregis Holding II Corporation
  $ (47,730 )   $ (4,779 )
Interest expense, net of interest income
    48,194       45,405  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (1,865 )     7,708  
Depreciation and amortization
    52,344       55,799  
 
           
EBITDA
    50,943       104,133  
 
               
Other non-cash charges (income): (1)
               
Unrealized foreign currency transaction losses (gains), net
    14,736       (2,692 )
Non-cash stock based compensation expense
    951       558  
Non-cash asset impairment charges
    20,354       403  
Other non-cash expenses, primarily fixed asset disposals and write-offs
    427        
Net unusual or nonrecurring gains or losses: (2)
               
Restructuring, severence and related expenses
    11,418       4,325  
Curtailment gain
    (3,736 )      
Nonrecurring charges related to acquisitions and dispositions
          5,582  
Other unusual and nonrecurring gains or losses
    1,283        
Other adjustments: (3)
               
Amounts paid pursuant to management agreement with Sponsor
    1,724       1,894  
Pro forma earnings and costs savings (4)
          3,547  
 
           
 
               
Adjusted EBITDA (“Consolidated Cash Flow”)
  $ 98,100     $ 117,750  
 
           
 
(1)   Other non-cash charges (income) include (a) net unrealized foreign currency transaction losses and gains, (b) non-cash compensation expense resulting from the grant of Pregis Holding I options, (c) a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $19.1 million recognized in 2008 and trademark impairment charges of $1.3 million and $0.4 million determined pursuant to the Company’s 2008 and 2007 annual impairment tests, respectively, and (d) other non-cash charges that will result in future cash settlement, such as losses on fixed asset disposals.
 
(2)   As provided by our indentures, we adjusted for gains or losses deemed to be unusual or nonrecurring, including (a) restructuring, severance and related expenses due to our various cost reduction restructuring initiatives, (b) the unusual gain resulting from the curtailment of the Netherlands pension plan, (c) adjustments for costs and expenses related to acquisition, disposition or equity offering activities, including a $3.1 million adjustment in 2007 for third party due diligence and legal costs related to a potential acquisition that was ultimately not

37


Table of Contents

consummated, and (d) other unusual and nonrecurring charges, net of the nonrecurring gain on an insurance settlement.
 
(3)   Our indentures also require us to make adjustments for fees, and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, paid under the management agreement with AEA Investors LP.
 
(4)   Our indentures also permit adjustments to net income on a pro forma basis for certain costs savings that we expect to achieve with respect to acquisitions or dispositions. Therefore, in 2007, we have adjusted for (a) approximately $1.1 million relating to pre-acquisition earnings and pro forma cost savings for anticipated synergies relating to the June 2007 acquisition of a Romanian protective packaging provider, and (b) approximately $2.4 million for pre-acquisition earnings and pro forma cost savings for anticipated synergies relating to the December 2007 acquisition of a European honeycomb manufacturer. There can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve these comparable earnings or estimated savings in the future.
     Local lines of credit. From time to time, certain of the foreign businesses utilize various lines of credit in their operations. These lines of credit are generally used as overdraft facilities or for issuance of trade letters of credit and are in effect until cancelled by one or both parties. Amounts available under these lines of credit were $14.9 million and $12.8 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. At December 31, 2008, no borrowings were drawn under these lines, but trade letters of credit totaling $1.9 million were issued and outstanding.
     Credit Ratings. Our credit ratings as of the date of this Report are summarized below. In July 2008, Moody’s revised its ratings on our senior secured floating rate notes from B2 to B3, senior subordinated notes from Caa1 to Caa2, and loans from Ba2 to Ba3 due to the current weak economic environment in the U.S. This downgrade has not impacted our borrowing costs.
         
    Moody’s   S&P
Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes
  B3   BB-
Senior Subordinated Notes
  Caa2   CCC+
Revolver
  Ba3   BB-
Term Loan
  Ba3   BB-
     Factors that can affect our credit ratings include changes in our operating performance, the economic environment, our financial position, and changes in our business strategy. Any future ratings downgrade could adversely impact, among other things, our future borrowing costs and access to the credit and capital markets.
OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
     We have no special purpose entities or off balance sheet arrangements, other than operating leases in the ordinary course of business, which are disclosed in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements.
SUMMARY OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
     Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, which require management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. While our estimates and assumptions are based on our knowledge of current events and actions we may undertake in the future, actual results may ultimately differ from these estimates and assumptions. The Notes to our annual audited consolidated financial statements contain a summary of our significant accounting policies. We believe the following discussion addresses our most critical accounting policies, which are those that require our most subjective or complex judgments that could materially impact our reported results if actual outcomes differed significantly from estimates.

38


Table of Contents

     Revenue Recognition. Our principal business is the manufacture and supply of protective and specialty packaging products. We recognize net sales of our products when the risks and rewards of ownership have transferred to the customer, which is generally upon shipment (but in some cases may be upon delivery), based on specific terms of sale. In arriving at net sales, we estimate the amount of deductions from sales that are likely to be earned or taken by customers in conjunction with incentive programs, such as volume rebates and early payment discounts, and record such estimates as sales are recorded. Our deduction estimates are based on historical experience.
     In recent years, we began participating in programs in certain of our European protective packaging and flexible packaging businesses whereby the businesses purchase resin quantities in excess of their internal requirements and resell the surplus to other customers at a nominal profit. These “resin resale programs” enable the businesses to benefit from improved quantity discounts and volume rebates, as well as increased flexibility in their resin purchasing. This activity is presented on a net basis within net sales, in accordance with EITF No. 99-19, Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent, on the basis that the third-party resin supplier is responsible for fulfillment of the order to the customer’s specifications, ships the resin directly to the customer, and maintains general inventory risk and risk of physical loss during shipment. We recognize revenue related to resin resale activity upon delivery to the customer.
     Pension. Predominantly in our U.K. and Netherlands based businesses, we provide defined benefit pension plan coverage for salaried and hourly employees. We use several statistical and other models which attempt to anticipate future events in calculating the expenses and liabilities related to the plans. These factors include actuarial assumptions about discount rates, long-term return on assets, salary increases, mortality rates, and other factors. The actuarial assumptions used may differ materially from actual results due to changing market and economic conditions, or longer or shorter life spans of participants. Such differences may result in a significant impact on the recognized pension expense and recorded liability.
     Goodwill and Other Indefinite Lived Intangible Assets. Carrying values of goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed for possible impairment annually on the first day of our fourth quarter, October 1, or when events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.
     The goodwill impairment test is performed at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred to as a “component”). A component is considered a reporting unit for purposes of goodwill testing if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. As such, we have tested for goodwill impairment at the component level within our Specialty Packaging reporting segment, represented by each of the businesses included within this segment. We also tested goodwill for impairment at each of the operating segments which have been aggregated to comprise our Protective Packaging reporting segment.
     We use a two-step process to test goodwill for impairment. First, the reporting unit’s fair value is compared to its carrying value. Fair value is estimated using the income approach, based on the present value of expected future cash flows. If a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, an indication exists that the reporting unit’s goodwill may be impaired, and the second step of the impairment test would be performed. The second step of the goodwill impairment test is used to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. In the second step, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is determined by allocating the reporting unit’s fair value to all of its assets and liabilities other than goodwill in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. The implied fair value of the goodwill that results from the application of this second step is then compared to the carrying amount of the goodwill and an impairment charge would be recorded for the difference if the carrying value exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill.
     We performed our annual impairment test during the fourth quarter 2008. The fair value of our reporting units was estimated based on a discounted projection of cash flows. We used discount rates ranging from 12% to 12.5% in determining the discounted cash flows for each of our reporting units, corresponding to our cost of capital, adjusted for risk where appropriate. In determining estimated future cash flows, current and future levels of income were considered that reflected business trends and market conditions.

39


Table of Contents

     The estimates and assumptions we use are consistent with the business plans and estimates we use to manage operations and to make acquisition and divestiture decisions. The use of different assumptions could impact whether an impairment charge is required and, if so, the amount of such impairment. Future outcomes may also differ. If we fail to achieve estimated volume and pricing targets, experience unfavorable market conditions or achieve results that differ from our estimates, then revenue and cost forecasts may not be achieved, and we may be required to recognize impairment charges.
     The initial step of our impairment test indicated the potential for impairment in one of the reporting units included within our Specialty Packaging segment, due to the anticipation of a significant reduction in future revenue from a customer that had historically comprised a material portion of the reporting unit’s annual revenues. We performed the second step of the goodwill impairment test, using valuation experts to estimate the fair values of the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities, and determined that an impairment of goodwill existed. Accordingly, we recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $19.1 million in the fourth quarter 2008.
     We test the carrying value of other intangible assets with indefinite lives by comparing the fair value of the intangible assets to the carrying value. Fair value is estimated using a relief of royalty approach, a discounted cash flow methodology. Our 2008 and 2007 annual tests for impairment of trade names, our only other intangible assets not subject to amortization, resulted in impairment write-downs of approximately $1.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively, due primarily to reduced near-term net sales projections for the respective product.
     Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. The Company reviews long-lived assets held for use for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the related asset may not be recoverable. We use estimates of undiscounted cash flows from long-lived assets to determine whether the book value of such assets is recoverable over the assets’ remaining useful lives. If an asset is determined to be impaired, the impairment is measured as the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. An impairment charge would have a negative impact on net income.
     Income Taxes. Our overall tax position is complex and requires careful analysis by management to estimate the expected realization of income tax assets and liabilities. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets generally represent items that can be used as a tax deduction or credit in the tax return in future years for which we have already recorded the tax benefit in the financial statements. We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability and establish a valuation allowance to reduce such assets to amounts expected to be realized. In determining the required level of valuation allowance, we consider whether it is more likely than not that all or some portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized. This assessment is based on management’s expectations as to whether sufficient taxable income of an appropriate character will be realized within the tax carryback and carryforward periods. Our assessment involves estimates and assumptions about matters that are inherently uncertain, and unanticipated events or circumstances could cause actual results to differ from these estimates. Should we change our estimate of the amount of deferred tax assets that we would be able realize, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would result in an increase or decrease to the provision for income taxes in the period such a change in estimate was made.
     We record liabilities for uncertain tax positions in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (FIN 48). The tax positions we take are based on our interpretations of tax laws and regulations in the applicable federal, state and international jurisdictions. We believe that our tax returns properly reflect the tax consequences of our operations, and that our reserves for tax contingencies are appropriate and sufficient for the positions taken. However, these positions are subject to audit and review by the tax authorities, which may result in future taxes, interest and penalties. Because of the uncertainty of the final outcome of these examinations, we have reserved for potential reductions of tax benefits (including related interest) for amounts that do not meet the more-likely-than-not thresholds for recognition and measurement as required by FIN 48. The tax reserves are reevaluated throughout the year, taking into account new legislation, regulations, case law and audit results.

40


Table of Contents

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
      In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. This statement identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. Any effect of applying the provisions of this Statement shall be reported as a change in accounting principle in accordance with SFAS No. 154, Accounting for Changes and Error Corrections. The Company does not expect implementation of this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.
     In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures About Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133. SFAS No. 161 expands quarterly disclosure requirements in SFAS No. 133 about an entity’s derivative instruments and hedging activities. SFAS No. 161 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. The Company does not expect implementation of this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.
     In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations, which revised SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations. SFAS No. 141(R) requires an acquiror to measure the identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at their fair values on the acquisition date, with goodwill being the excess value over the net identifiable assets acquired. SFAS No. 141(R) will also impact the accounting for transaction costs and restructuring costs as well as the initial recognition of contingent assets and liabilities assumed during a business combination. In addition, under SFAS No. 141(R), adjustments to the acquired entity’s deferred tax assets and uncertain tax position balances occuring outside the measurement period are recorded as a component of income tax expense, rather than goodwill. SFAS No. 141(R) is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The provisions of SFAS No. 141(R) are applied prospectively and will impact all acquisitions consummated subsequent to adoption. The guidance in this standard regarding the treatment of income tax contingencies and the reversal of valuation allowances against deferred tax assets is retrospective to business combinations completed prior to January 1, 2009. The Company will adopt SFAS No. 141(R) for any business combination occurring at or subsequent to January 1, 2009.
     In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—including an amendment to FASB Statement No. 115, which permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. The Company adopted SFAS No. 159 on January 1, 2008, the first day of its 2008 fiscal year. The adoption of SFAS No. 159 did not impact the Company’s financial position or results of operations since the Company did not elect the fair value measurement option for any of its financial assets or liabilities.
     In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 157, Fair Value Measurement. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. The Company adopted SFAS No. 157 on January 1, 2008. FASB Staff Position No. 157-2, Partial Deferral of the Effective Date of Statement 157, deferred the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for all nonfinancial assets and liabilities to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. The implementation of SFAS No. 157 for financial assets and liabilities, effective January 1, 2008, did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations. See Note 10 for additional information.

41


Table of Contents

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
     We are exposed to market risks related to changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices. To manage these risks, we may enter into various hedging contracts in accordance with established policies and procedures. We do not use hedging instruments for trading purposes.
     Interest Rate Risk. We are subject to interest rate market risk in connection with our long-term debt. Our principal interest rate exposure relates to outstanding amounts under our senior secured credit facilities and senior secured floating rate notes. At December 31, 2008, we had $317.6 million of variable rate debt. A one percentage point increase or decrease in the average interest rates would correspondingly change our interest expense by approximately $1.8 million per year. This excludes the impact of the interest rate swap arrangement currently in place to balance the fixed and variable rate debt components of our capital structure. The carrying value of our senior secured credit facilities at December 31, 2008 approximates fair value, since the interest rates vary with market conditions. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the carrying value of our senior secured floating rate notes was $139.7 million and $146.0 million, respectively, which compares to fair value, based upon quoted market prices, of $109.0 million and $140.0 million for the respective periods.
     The fair value of our fixed rate senior subordinated notes is exposed to market risk of interest rate changes. The carrying value of the senior subordinated notes was $148.0 million and $147.8 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The estimated fair value of such notes was $75.0 million and $158.4 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, based upon quoted market prices.
     Raw Material; Commodity Price Risk. We rely upon the supply of certain raw materials and commodities in our production processes. The primary raw materials we use in the manufacture of our products are various plastic resins, primarily polyethylene and polypropylene. Approximately 75% of our 2008 net sales were from products made with plastic resins. We manage the exposures associated with these costs primarily through terms of the sales and by maintaining relationships with multiple vendors. We acquire these materials at market prices, which are negotiated on a continuous basis, and we do not typically buy forward beyond two or three months or enter into guaranteed supply or fixed price contracts with our suppliers. Additionally, we have not entered into hedges with respect to our raw material costs. We seek to mitigate the market risk related to commodity pricing by passing the increases in raw material costs through to our customers in the form of price increases.
     Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk. Our results of operations are affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Approximately 66% of our 2008 net sales were made in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, principally the euro and the pound sterling. We have a natural hedge in our operations, as we typically produce, buy raw materials, and sell our products in the same currency. We are exposed to translational currency risk, however, in converting our operating results in Europe, the United Kingdom and to a lesser extent Egypt, Poland, the Czech Republic, Hungary, Bulgaria, Romania, Canada, and Mexico at the end of each reporting period. The weakening of the U.S. dollar relative to the euro and the pound sterling in 2008 and 2007 had a favorable impact on our financial results in U.S. dollars, as compared to fiscal 2006 results. Since towards the end of 2008, the U.S. dollar strengthened considerably relative to the euro and the pound sterling which had an unfavorable result on our financial results in U.S. dollars for the fourth quarter of 2008. The translational currency impact of a plus/minus swing of 10% in the U.S. dollar exchange rate on our 2008 operating income would have been approximately $2.0 million.

42


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholder of Pregis Holding II Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 of Pregis Holding II Corporation and the related consolidated statements of operations, equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the index to the financial statements as “Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts”. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of Pregis Holding II Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Pregis Holding II Corporation at December 31, 2008 and 2007 and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Also in our opinion, the financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
During 2007, as discussed in Note 16 to the financial statements, the Company adopted FASB Statement No. 158, “Employer’s Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans”.
         
  /s/ Ernst & Young LLP    
Chicago, Illinois
March 24, 2009

44


Table of Contents

Pregis Holding II Corporation
Consolidated Balance Sheets

(dollars in thousands, except shares and per share data)
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Assets
               
Current assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 41,179     $ 34,989  
Accounts receivable
               
Trade, net of allowances of $5,357 and $5,313, respectively
    121,736       148,045  
Other
    13,829       18,532  
Inventories, net
    87,867       108,914  
Deferred income taxes
    4,336       2,991  
Due from Pactiv
    1,399       7,072  
Prepayments and other current assets
    8,435       9,187  
 
           
Total current assets
    278,781       329,730  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    245,124       277,398  
Other assets
               
Goodwill
    127,395       150,000  
Intangible assets, net
    41,254       47,910  
Deferred financing costs, net
    7,734       10,080  
Due from Pactiv, long-term
    13,234       12,229  
Pension and related assets
    22,430       25,659  
Other
    424       2,313  
 
           
Total other assets
    212,471       248,191  
 
           
 
               
Total assets
  $ 736,376     $ 855,319  
 
           
 
               
Liabilities and stockholder’s equity
               
Current liabilities
               
Current portion of long-term debt
  $ 4,902     $ 2,120  
Accounts payable
    79,092       100,326  
Accrued income taxes
    6,964       13,900  
Accrued payroll and benefits
    11,653       19,814  
Accrued interest
    6,905       6,775  
Other
    21,740       22,436  
 
           
Total current liabilities
    131,256       165,371  
Long-term debt
    460,714       475,604  
Deferred income taxes
    24,913       34,589  
Long-term income tax liabilities
    11,310       9,585  
Pension and related liabilities
    6,119       9,389  
Other
    11,963       7,124  
Stockholder’s equity:
               
Common stock — $0.01 par value; 1,000 shares authorized, 149.0035 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007
           
Additional paid-in capital
    150,610       149,659  
Accumulated deficit
    (64,318 )     (16,588 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    3,809       20,586  
 
           
 
               
Total stockholder’s equity
    90,101       153,657  
 
           
 
               
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity
  $ 736,376     $ 855,319  
 
           
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

45


Table of Contents

Pregis Holding II Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Operations

(dollars in thousands)
                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
Net sales
  $ 1,019,364     $ 979,399     $ 925,499  
 
                       
Operating costs and expenses:
                       
Cost of sales, excluding depreciation and amortization
    798,690       740,235       713,550  
Selling, general and administrative
    127,800       137,180       125,944  
Depreciation and amortization
    52,344       55,799       53,179  
Goodwill impairment
    19,057              
Other operating expense, net
    8,146       190       234  
 
                 
Total operating costs and expenses
    1,006,037       933,404       892,907  
 
                 
Operating income
    13,327       45,995       32,592  
Interest expense
    49,069       46,730       42,535  
Interest income
    (875 )     (1,325 )     (246 )
Foreign exchange loss (gain), net
    14,728       (2,339 )     (6,139 )
 
                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (49,595 )     2,929       (3,558 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (1,865 )     7,708       4,842  
 
                 
Net loss
  $ (47,730 )   $ (4,779 )   $ (8,400 )
 
                 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

46


Table of Contents

Pregis Holding II Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Equity
and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(dollars in thousands)
                                                 
                            Accumulated              
            Additional             Other     Total     Total  
    Common     Paid-in     Accumulated     Comprehensive     Stockholder’s     Comprehensive  
    Stock     Capital     Deficit     Income (Loss)     Equity     Income (Loss)  
 
                                               
Balance at January 1, 2006
  $     $ 149,004     $ (3,409 )   $ (767 )   $ 144,828          
Stock-based compensation
            97                       97          
Net loss
                    (8,400 )             (8,400 )   $ (8,400 )
Other comprehensive income:
                                               
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                            6,478       6,478       6,478  
Increase in fair value of derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges, net of tax of $744
                            1,257       1,257       1,257  
 
                                             
Total comprehensive loss
                                          $ (665 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Balance at December 31, 2006
          149,101       (11,809 )     6,968       144,260          
 
                                               
Stock-based compensation
            558                       558          
Net loss
                    (4,779 )             (4,779 )   $ (4,779 )
Other comprehensive income:
                                               
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                            2,320       2,320       2,320  
Adoption of SFAS No. 158, net of tax of $4,266
                            11,058       11,058          
Increase in fair value of derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges, net of tax of $140
                            240       240       240  
 
                                             
Total comprehensive loss
                                          $ (2,219 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Balance at December 31, 2007
          149,659       (16,588 )     20,586       153,657          
 
                                               
Stock-based compensation
            951                       951          
Net loss
                    (47,730 )             (47,730 )   $ (47,730 )
Other comprehensive loss:
                                               
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                            (13,573 )     (13,573 )     (13,573 )
Pension liability adjustment, net of tax of $65
                            (154 )     (154 )     (154 )
Decrease in fair value of derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges, net of tax of $1,798
                            (3,050 )     (3,050 )     (3,050 )
 
                                             
Total comprehensive loss
                                          $ (64,507 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $     $ 150,610     $ (64,318 )   $ 3,809     $ 90,101          
 
                                     
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

47


Table of Contents

Pregis Holding II Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(dollars in thousands)
                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Operating activities
                       
Net loss
  $ (47,730 )   $ (4,779 )   $ (8,400 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    52,344       55,799       53,179  
Deferred income taxes
    (7,769 )     (2,110 )     (796 )
Unrealized foreign exchange loss (gain)
    14,022       (2,692 )     (6,323 )
Amortization of deferred financing costs
    2,374       2,194       2,144  
(Gain) loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
    (313 )     (332 )     105  
Stock compensation expense
    951       558       97  
Defined benefit pension plan expense (income)
    (187 )     2,256       2,363  
Curtailment gain on defined benefit pension plan
    (3,736 )            
Gain on insurance settlement
          (2,873 )      
Goodwill impairment
    19,057              
Trademark impairment
    1,297       403        
Impairment of interest rate swap asset
    1,299              
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:
                       
Accounts receivable, net
    13,907       (5,444 )     (13,437 )
Due from Pactiv
    6,630       11,542        
Inventories, net
    13,597       (8,186 )     3,503  
Prepayments and other current assets
    79       (279 )     (988 )
Accounts payable
    (13,121 )     12,269       (10,465 )
Accrued taxes
    (6,373 )     (5,695 )     2,365  
Accrued interest
    68       467       (1,767 )
Other current liabilities
    (7,014 )     (382 )     4,015  
Pension and related assets and liabilities, net
    (3,149 )     (2,726 )     (1,713 )
Other, net
    3,421       1,185       (1,241 )
 
                 
Cash provided by operating activities
    39,654       51,175       22,641  
 
                 
 
                       
Investing activities
                       
Capital expenditures
    (30,882 )     (34,626 )     (28,063 )
Proceeds from sale of assets
    1,063       775       723  
Purchase price adjustments on Pregis acquisition
                (451 )
Other business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (958 )     (28,785 )     (4,886 )
Insurance proceeds
    3,205       884        
Other, net
    (969 )     (226 )     (289 )
 
                 
Cash used in investing activities
    (28,541 )     (61,978 )     (32,966 )
 
                 
 
                       
Financing activities
                       
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
    (115 )     218        
Repayment of long-term debt
    (1,893 )     (1,828 )     (1,732 )
Deferred financing costs
          (1,237 )      
 
                 
Cash used in financing activities
    (2,008 )     (2,847 )     (1,732 )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    (2,915 )     2,972       3,583  
 
                 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    6,190       (10,678 )     (8,474 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    34,989       45,667       54,141  
 
                 
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 41,179     $ 34,989     $ 45,667  
 
                 
Supplemental cash flow disclosures
                       
Cash paid for income taxes, net of Pactiv reimbursement
  $ 1,394     $ 3,846     $ 5,154  
Cash paid for interest-third party
    44,984       44,054       41,931  
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

48


Table of Contents

Pregis Holding II Corporation
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Amounts in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise noted)
1. DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS AND CHANGE IN OWNERSHIP
Description of the Business
     Pregis Corporation (“Pregis”) is an international manufacturer, marketer and supplier of protective packaging products and specialty packaging solutions.
     In the fourth quarter of 2008, Pregis realigned its segment reporting to conform to its current operating and management structure. With this change, Pregis now reports two reportable segments, Protective Packaging and Specialty Packaging. See Note 18, “ Segment and Geographic Information,” for further discussion of Pregis’s new segment reporting.
Change in Ownership
     On October 13, 2005, Pregis, pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement (as amended, the “Stock Purchase Agreement”) with Pactiv Corporation (“Pactiv”) and certain of its affiliates, acquired the outstanding shares of capital stock of Pactiv’s subsidiaries comprising its global protective packaging and European specialty packaging businesses (the “Acquisition”). Pregis, along with Pregis Holding II Corporation (“Pregis Holding II” or the “Company”) and Pregis Holding I Corporation (“Pregis Holding I”), were formed by AEA Investors LP and its affiliates (the “Sponsors”) for the purpose of consummating the Acquisition. The adjusted purchase price for the Acquisition was $559.7 million, which included direct costs of the acquisition of $15.7 million, pension plan funding of $20.1 million, and certain post-closing adjustments.
     Funding for the Acquisition included equity investments from the Sponsors totaling $149.0 million, along with proceeds from the issuance of senior secured notes and senior subordinated notes in a private offering, and borrowings under new term loan facilities. The equity investments were made to Pregis Holding I, which is the direct parent company of Pregis Holding II, which in turn is the direct parent company of Pregis. Therefore, immediately following the Acquisition, AEA Investors LP, through its indirect ownership, owned 100% of the outstanding common stock of the Company.
     The Stock Purchase Agreement indemnified the Company for payment of certain liabilities relating to the pre-acquisition period. Indemnification amounts for recorded liabilities, which primarily relate to pre-acquisition income tax liabilities, are reflected in the balance sheet as amounts Due from Pactiv.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Pregis Holding II and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
     Separate financial statements of Pregis are not presented since the floating rate senior secured notes due April 2013 and the 12.375% senior subordinated notes due October 2013 issued by Pregis are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured and senior subordinated basis, respectively, by Pregis Holding II and all existing domestic subsidiaries of Pregis and since Pregis Holding II has no operations or assets separate from its investment in Pregis (see Note 22).
Reclassifications
      Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

49


Table of Contents

Use of Estimates
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Revenue Recognition
     The Company’s principal business is the manufacture and supply of protective and specialty packaging products. Pregis recognizes net sales of these products when the risks and rewards of ownership have transferred to the customer, which is generally upon shipment (but in some cases may be upon delivery), based on specific terms of sale. In arriving at net sales, Pregis estimates the amount of deductions from sales that are likely to be earned or taken by customers in conjunction with incentive programs, such as volume rebates and early payment discounts and records such estimates as sales are recorded. The Company bases its deduction estimates on historical experience.
     In recent years, the Company began participating in programs in certain of its European protective and specialty packaging businesses whereby the businesses purchase resin quantities in excess of their internal requirements and resell the surplus to other customers at a nominal profit. These “resin resale programs” enable the businesses to benefit from improved quantity discounts and volume rebates, as well as increased flexibility in their resin purchasing. The Company presents this activity on a net basis within net sales, in accordance with EITF No. 99-19, Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent, on the basis that the third-party resin supplier is responsible for fulfillment of the order to the customer’s specifications, ships the resin directly to the customer, and maintains general inventory risk and risk of physical loss during shipment. The Company recognizes revenue related to resin resale activity upon delivery to the customer. Net resin resale revenue totaled $5,249, $5,004 and $2,673 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Foreign Currency Translation
     Local currencies are the functional currencies for all foreign operations. Financial statements of foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars using end-of-period exchange rates for assets and liabilities and the periods’ weighted average exchange rates for revenue and expense components, with any resulting translation adjustments included as a component of stockholder’s equity. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses resulting from transactions executed in different currencies are included in results of operations.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
     The Company defines cash and cash equivalents as checking accounts, money-market accounts, certificates of deposit, and U.S. Treasury notes having an original maturity of 90 days or less when purchased.
Accounts Receivable
     Trade accounts receivable are classified as current assets and are reported net of allowances for doubtful accounts and other deductions. Pregis reserves for amounts determined to be uncollectible based on a number of factors, including historical trends and specific customer liquidity. The determination of the amount of the allowance for doubtful accounts is subject to significant levels of judgment and estimation by management. If circumstances change or economic conditions deteriorate or improve, the allowance for doubtful accounts could increase or decrease.
     Management believes that the allowances at December 31, 2008 are adequate to cover potential credit risk loss and that the Company is unlikely to incur a material loss due to concentration of credit risk. Pregis has a large number of customers in diverse industries and geographies, as well as a practice of establishing reasonable credit limits, which limits credit risk.

50


Table of Contents

Inventories
     Inventories include costs of material, direct labor and related manufacturing overheads. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined for substantially all inventories using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) or average-cost methods.
Property, Plant, and Equipment
     Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Maintenance and repairs that do not improve efficiency or extend economic life are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the remaining estimated useful lives of assets. Remaining useful lives range from 15 to 40 years for buildings and improvements and from 5 to 20 years for machinery and equipment. Depreciation expense totaled $47,314, $50,374 and $47,977 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
     In accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, the Company assesses the recoverability of goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives annually, as of October 1, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be fully recoverable.
     The Company tests its goodwill at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred to as a “component”). A component is considered a reporting unit for purposes of goodwill testing if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. As such, the Company tests for goodwill impairment at the component level within its Specialty Packaging reporting segment, represented by each of the businesses included within this segment. The Company also tests goodwill for impairment at each of the operating segments which have been aggregated to comprise its Protective Packaging reporting segment.
     The Company uses a two-step process to test goodwill for impairment. First, the reporting unit’s fair value is compared to its carrying value. Fair value is estimated using the income approach, based on the present value of expected future cash flows. If a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, an indication exists that the reporting unit’s goodwill may be impaired, and the second step of the impairment test would be performed. The second step of the goodwill impairment test is used to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. In the second step, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is determined by allocating the reporting unit’s fair value to all of its assets and liabilities other than goodwill in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. The implied fair value of the goodwill that results from the application of this second step is then compared to the carrying amount of the goodwill and an impairment charge would be recorded for the difference if the carrying value exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill.
     The Company tests the carrying value of other intangible assets with indefinite lives by comparing the fair value of the intangible assets to the carrying value. Fair value is estimated using a relief of royalty approach, a discounted cash flow methodology.
     The Company’s other intangible assets, consisting primarily of customer relationships, patents, licenses, and non-compete agreements, are being amortized over their respective estimated useful lives.
Impairment of Other Long-Lived Assets
     The Company reviews long-lived assets held for use for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the related asset may not be recoverable. We use estimates of undiscounted cash flows from long-lived assets to determine whether the book value of such assets is recoverable over the assets’ remaining useful lives. If an asset is determined to be impaired, the impairment is measured as the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. An impairment charge would have a negative impact on net income.

51


Table of Contents

Deferred Financing Costs
     The Company incurred financing costs to put in place the long-term debt used to finance the Acquisition and to subsequently amend portions of such debt agreements. These costs have been deferred and are being amortized over the terms of the related debt. The amortization of deferred financing costs is classified as interest expense in the statement of operations and totaled $2,374, $2,194 and $2,144 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Income Taxes
     In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, the Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes, which requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be recorded to reflect the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the book and tax basis of various assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is established to offset any deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
     Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (FIN 48). FIN 48 provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, and accounting in interim periods and requires expanded disclosure with respect to uncertainty in income taxes. The Company’s adoption of FIN 48 resulted in reclassification of certain tax liabilities from current to non-current and no impact to retained earnings.
     The Company does not provide for U.S. federal income taxes on unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries since it is management’s present intention to reinvest those earnings in foreign operations. Positive unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries totaled $44,665 at December 31, 2008. If such amounts were repatriated, determination of the amount of U.S. income taxes that would be incurred is not practicable due to the complexities associated with this calculation.
Financial Instruments
     The Company may use derivative financial instruments to minimize risks from interest and foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. The Company does not use derivative instruments for trading or other speculative purposes. Derivative financial instruments used for hedging purposes must be designated and effective as a hedge of the identified risk exposure at the inception of the contract. Accordingly, changes in the fair value of the derivative contract must be highly correlated with changes in fair value of the underlying hedged item at inception of the hedge and over the life of the hedge contract.
     The Company records derivative instruments on the balance sheet as either assets or liabilities, measured at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded in earnings or other comprehensive income, based on whether the instrument is designated as part of a hedge transaction, and, if so, the type of hedge transaction. Gains or losses on derivative instruments reported in other comprehensive income are subsequently recognized in earnings when the hedged item impacts earnings. Cash flows of such derivative instruments are classified consistent with the underlying hedged item. The ineffective portion of all hedges is recognized in earnings in the current period. See Note 9 for additional information.
Freight
     Pregis records amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling as sales, and records shipping and handling expense as cost of sales.

52


Table of Contents

Research and Development
     Research and development costs, which are expensed as incurred, were $5,840, $5,869 and $6,976 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Stock-Based Compensation
     Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment, which was issued in December 2004 and amended SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation. The Company used the prospective transition method upon adoption, which requires that nonpublic companies that had previously measured compensation cost under SFAS No. 123 using the minimum value method continue to account for non-vested equity awards outstanding at the date of adoption in the same manner as they had been accounted for prior to adoption. For all awards granted, modified or settled after the date of adoption, the Company recognizes compensation cost based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123R.
     Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R, the Company applied the fair value disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123 applicable to nonpublic companies (including public debt issuers).
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
      In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. This statement identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. Any effect of applying the provisions of this Statement shall be reported as a change in accounting principle in accordance with SFAS No. 154, Accounting for Changes and Error Corrections. The Company does not expect implementation of this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.
     In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures About Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133. SFAS No. 161 expands quarterly disclosure requirements in SFAS No. 133 about an entity’s derivative instruments and hedging activities. SFAS No. 161 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. The Company does not expect implementation of this standard to have a material impact on its conoslidated financial position and results of operations.
     In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations, which revised SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations. SFAS No. 141(R) requires an acquiror to measure the identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at their fair values on the acquisition date, with goodwill being the excess value over the net identifiable assets acquired. SFAS No. 141(R) will also impact the accounting for transaction costs and restructuring costs as well as the initial recognition of contingent assets and liabilities assumed during a business combination. In addition, under SFAS No. 141(R), adjustments to the acquired entity’s deferred tax assets and uncertain tax position balances occuring outside the measurement period are recorded as a component of income tax expense, rather than goodwill. SFAS No. 141(R) is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The provisions of SFAS No. 141(R) are applied prospectively and will impact all acquisitions consummated subsequent to adoption. The guidance in this standard regarding the treatment of income tax contingencies and the reversal of valuation allowances against deferred tax assets is retrospective to business combinations completed prior to January 1, 2009. The Company will adopt SFAS No. 141(R) for any business combination occurring at or subsequent to January 1, 2009.
     In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—including an amendment to FASB Statement No. 115, which permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. The Company adopted SFAS No. 159 on January 1, 2008, the first day of its 2008 fiscal year. The adoption of SFAS No. 159 did not impact the Company’s financial position or results of operations since the Company did not elect the fair value measurement option for any of its financial assets or liabilities.
     In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 157, Fair Value Measurement. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. The Company adopted SFAS No. 157 on January 1, 2008. FASB Staff Position No. 157-2, Partial Deferral of the Effective Date of Statement 157, deferred the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for all nonfinancial assets and liabilities to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. The implementation of SFAS No. 157 for financial assets and liabilities, effective January 1, 2008, did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations. See Note 10 for additional information.

53


Table of Contents

3. ACQUISITIONS
     Each of the transactions discussed below was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, in accordance with SFAS No. 141 Business Combinations. Accordingly, in each instance, the purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and identifiable intangible assets as applicable based on their fair market values at the date of acquisition. Any excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. The results of operations of each business combination is included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition. None of the goodwill related to these acquisitions is tax-deductible.
     On December 3, 2007, the Company acquired all of the outstanding share capital of Besin International B.V., a European honeycomb manufacturer. The purchase price totaled $18,314, including direct costs of the acquisition. The purchase price was financed with cash-on-hand, and was allocated as follows: $7,369 to net tangible assets, $1,349 to customer relationship and patent intangible assets, and $9,596 to goodwill.
     On July 4, 2007, the Company acquired all of the outstanding share capital of Petroflax S.A., a leading producer and distributor of foam-based products, located in Romania. The purchase price totaled $11,976, including direct costs of the acquisition, and was also financed with cash-on-hand. The purchase price was allocated as follows: $4,195 million to net tangible assets, $4,434 to customer relationship-related intangibles, and $3,347 to goodwill.
     The following unaudited pro forma data summarizes the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 as if the aforementioned acquisitions had taken place at the beginning of the periods presented. The pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of the results that actually would have been attained if the acquisitions had occurred as of the beginning of the period presented or that may be attained in the future.
                 
    Year Ended December 31,
    2007   2006
 
               
Net sales
  $ 1,007,923     $ 956,420  
Operating income
    46,699       34,111  
Net loss
    (4,367 )     (7,159 )
     In May 2006, the Company acquired a business in Bulgaria for $4.9 million to complement its medical supplies business. The purchase price was allocated based on estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The impact of the acquisition was not significant to the Company’s operations or financial position.
4. INVENTORIES
     The major components of net inventories are as follows:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Finished goods
  $ 43,338     $ 53,247  
Work-in-process
    13,793       17,318  
Raw materials
    27,489       34,225  
Other materials and supplies
    3,247       4,124  
 
           
 
  $ 87,867     $ 108,914  
 
           

54


Table of Contents

5. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
     Property, plant and equipment consists of the following:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Land, buildings, and improvements
  $ 121,514     $ 126,639  
Machinery and equipment
    254,686       241,932  
Other, including construction in progress
    16,829       22,943  
 
           
 
    393,029       391,514  
 
               
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (147,905 )     (114,116 )
 
           
 
  $ 245,124     $ 277,398  
 
           
6. GOODWILL
     Changes in the Company’s carrying value of goodwill from January 1, 2006 to December 31, 2008 are summarized below:
                         
    Protective     Specialty        
    Packaging     Packaging     Total  
Balance at January 1, 2006
  $ 87,293     $ 53,541     $ 140,834  
Fair value adjustments to property, plant and equipment and identifiable intangible assets
    451       (6,814 )     (6,363 )
Other adjustments
    (2,745 )     (132 )     (2,877 )
Purchase price adjustments
    451             451  
Foreign currency translation
    (2,338 )     5,525       3,187  
 
                 
Balance at December 31, 2006
    83,112       52,120       135,232  
Business acquisitions
    13,575             13,575  
Other adjustments
    (484 )     (2,114 )     (2,598 )
Foreign currency translation
    (1,048 )     4,839       3,791  
 
                 
Balance at December 31, 2007
    95,155       54,845       150,000  
Goodwill impairment
          (19,057 )     (19,057 )
Fair value and purchase price adjustments related to 2007 acquisitions
    (632 )           (632 )
Other adjustments
    (1,101 )     (838 )     (1,939 )
Foreign currency translation
    3,737       (4,714 )     (977 )
 
                 
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 97,159     $ 30,236     $ 127,395  
 
                 
     The Company performed its annual impairment test during the fourth quarter 2008. The initial step of its impairment test indicated the potential for impairment in one of the reporting units included within its Specialty Packaging segment, due to the anticipation of a significant reduction in future revenue from a customer that had historically comprised a material portion of the reporting unit’s annual revenues. The Company performed the second step of the goodwill impairment test, using valuation experts to estimate the fair values of the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities, and determined that an impairment of goodwill existed. Accordingly, the Company recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $19,057 in the fourth quarter 2008.

55


Table of Contents

     As discussed in Note 3, in 2007 the Protective Packaging segment acquired two businesses, resulting in preliminary purchased goodwill totaling $13,575, which was reduced in 2008 by $632 based on final purchase price allocations.
     Other adjustments to goodwill relate primarily to the reversal of valuation allowances established against deferred tax assets in purchase accounting, based on the current expected utilization of such deferred tax assets.
7. OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
     The Company’s other intangible assets are summarized as follows:
                                         
    Average     December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Life     Gross Carrying     Accumulated     Gross Carrying     Accumulated  
    (Years)     Amount     Amortization     Amount     Amortization  
Intangible assets subject to amortization:
                                       
Customer relationships
    12     $ 45,646     $ 11,863     $ 47,110     $ 8,590  
Patents
    10       1,036       261       500       141  
Non-compete agreements
    2       3,002       2,908       3,115       2,770  
Software
    3       2,469       1,224       1,797       948  
Land use rights and other
    32       1,447       474       1,540       380  
Intangible assets not subject to amortization:
                                       
Trademarks and trade names
            4,384             6,677        
 
                               
Total
          $ 57,984     $ 16,730     $ 60,739     $ 12,829  
 
                               
     Amortization expense related to intangible assets totaled $5,030, $5,425 and $5,202 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Amortization expense for each of the five years ending December 31, 2009 through December 31, 2013 is estimated to be $4,870, $4,375, $3,953, $3,953, and $3,953, respectively.
     During its annual tests for impairment of other intangible assets not subject to amortization, the Company determined that a trade name intangible asset associated with its protective packaging business was impaired, due to near-term reduced sales levels. Using a discounted cash flow methodology, the Company calculated impairment of $1,297 and $403, which is reflected in other operating expense within the Company’s statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

56


Table of Contents

8. DEBT
     The Company’s long-term debt consists of the following:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Senior secured credit facilities:
               
Term B-1 facility, due October, 2012
  $ 85,140     $ 86,020  
Term B-2 facility, due October, 2012
    91,902       97,033  
Senior secured notes, due April, 2013
    139,690       145,980  
Senior subordinated notes, due October, 2013, net of discount of $1,962 at December 31, 2008 and $2,248 at December 31, 2007
    148,038       147,752  
Other
    846       939  
 
           
Total debt
    465,616       477,724  
Less: current portion
    (4,902 )     (2,120 )
 
           
Long-term debt
  $ 460,714     $ 475,604  
 
           
     In connection with the Acquisition, on October 13, 2005, Pregis issued senior secured notes and senior subordinated notes in a private offering and entered into new senior secured credit facilities.
     The senior secured notes were issued in the principal amount of 100.0 million and bear interest at a floating rate equal to EURIBOR (as defined) plus 5.00% per year (for a total rate of 10.318% as of December 31, 2008). Interest resets quarterly and is payable quarterly on January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15. The senior subordinated notes were issued in the principal amount of $150.0 million and bear interest at the rate of 12.375% annually. Interest on the senior subordinated notes is payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15. The senior subordinated notes were issued at 98.149%, resulting in an initial discount of $2.8 million, which is being amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the notes. The senior secured notes and senior subordinated notes do not have required principal payments prior to maturity.
     Pregis Holding II and Pregis’s domestic subsidiaries have guaranteed the obligations under the senior secured notes and the senior subordinated notes on a senior secured basis and senior subordinated basis, respectively. Additionally, the senior secured notes are secured on a second priority basis by liens on all of the collateral (subject to certain exceptions) securing Pregis’s senior secured credit facilities. In the event that secured creditors exercise remedies with respect to Pregis and its guarantors’ pledged assets, the proceeds of the liquidation of those assets will first be applied to repay obligations secured by the first priority liens under the new senior secured credit facilities and any other first priority obligations.
     At its option, the Company may currently redeem some or all of the senior secured notes at 100% of the principal amount of the notes. In addition, at its option, the Company will be able to redeem some or all of the senior subordinated notes on or after October 15, 2009, at the redemption prices set forth below (expressed as percentages of principal amount), plus accrued interest, if any, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on October 15 of the years indicated below:
                 
Senior subordinated notes:
    2009       106.188 %
 
    2010       103.094 %
 
  2011 and thereafter     100.000 %
     The Company may redeem some or all of the senior subordinated notes at any time prior to October 15, 2009, in each case, at the principal amount of the notes, plus a specified “make-whole” premium. To date, the Company has not redeemed any of its senior secured or senior subordinated notes.

57


Table of Contents

     In connection with the Acquisition, Pregis entered into senior secured credit facilities which provided for a revolving credit facility and two term loans: an $88.0 million term B-1 facility and a 68.0 million term loan B-2 facility. The revolving credit facility provides for borrowings of up to $50.0 million, a portion of which may be made available to the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiary borrowers in euros and/or pounds sterling. The revolving credit facility also includes a swing-line loan sub-facility and a letter of credit sub-facility. The revolving credit facility bears interest at a rate equal to, at the Company’s option (1) an alternate base rate or (2) LIBOR or EURIBOR, plus an applicable margin of 0.375% to 1.00% for base rate advances and 1.375% to 2.00% for LIBOR or EURIBOR advances, depending on the leverage ratio of the Company, as defined in the credit agreement. In addition, the Company is required to pay an annual commitment fee of 0.375% to 0.50% on the revolving credit facility depending on the leverage ratio of the Company, as well as customary letter of credit fees.
     Lehman Commerical Paper Inc. (“Lehman”) was a participating lender in the Company’s revolving credit facility. As a result of the bankruptcy of Lehman’s parent company in September 2008, the Company does not expect Lehman to fulfill its commitment under the revolving credit facility, such that the Company’s available line of credit under this facility has effectively been reduced by Lehman’s commitment of $5 million. Therefore, as of December 31, 2008, the Company had availability of $38.3 million under the revolving credit facility, after taking into account $6.7 million in outstanding letters of credit issued under this facility as well as the commitment reduction noted.
     The term B-1 loan interest is equal to, at the Company’s option (1) an alternate base rate plus 1.25% per annum, or (2) LIBOR plus 2.25% per annum, and the term B-2 loan interest rate is EURIBOR plus 2.50% per annum. The annual interest rates on the Company’s term B-1 facility and term B-2 facility were 2.71% and 5.46%, respectively, as of December 31, 2008 and 7.08% and 7.27%, respectively, as of December 31, 2007.
     Pregis’s senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by Pregis Holding II Corporation and all of Pregis’s current and future domestic subsidiaries (collectively, the “Guarantors”). The repayment of these facilities is secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of the Guarantors, and a first priority pledge of their capital stock and 66% of the capital stock of the Pregis’s first tier foreign subsidiary.
     Subject to certain exceptions, the senior secured credit facilities require mandatory prepayments of the loans from excess cash flows, asset sales and dispositions and issuances of debt and equity. Additionally, the loans may be prepaid at the election of the Company. In the second quarter of 2009, the Company expects to make a mandatory prepayment of approximately $4.0 million on the basis of excess cash flow generated by the Company for the year ended December 31, 2008.
     From time to time, certain of the foreign businesses utilize various lines of credit in their operations. These lines of credit are generally used as overdraft facilities or for issuance of trade letters of credit and are in effect until cancelled by one or both parties. Amounts available under these lines of credit were $14,860 and $12,762 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. At December 31, 2008, no borrowings were drawn under these lines, but trade letters of credit totaling $1,852 were issued and outstanding.
     The senior secured credit facilities, senior secured notes and subordinated notes contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict or limit, subject to certain exceptions, Pregis’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries, to incur, assume or permit to exist additional indebtedness, guaranty obligations or hedging arrangements; incur liens or agree to negative pledges in other agreements; engage in sale and leaseback transactions; make capital expenditures; make loans and investments; declare dividends, make payments or redeem or repurchase capital stock; in the case of subsidiaries, enter into agreements restricting dividends and distributions; engage in mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations; prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness including the notes; amend or otherwise alter the terms of its organizational documents, or its indebtedness including the notes and other material agreements; sell assets or engage in receivables securitization; transact with affiliates; and alter the business that it conducts. In addition, the senior secured credit facilities require that Pregis complies on a quarterly basis with certain financial covenants, including a maximum leverage ratio test and minimum cash interest coverage ratio test. As of December 31, 2008, Pregis was in compliance with all of these covenants.

58


Table of Contents

     Furthermore, the senior secured notes and subordinated notes limit Pregis’s ability to incur additional indebtedness beyond that allowed within certain defined debt baskets and our ability to declare certain dividends or repurchase equity securities, unless we meet a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a maximum senior secured indebtedness leverage ratio, both determined on a pro forma basis. Therefore, Pregis’s ability to maintain these ratios, as well as those included within its senior secured credit facility, ensures that it is able to maintain sufficient liquidity.
     The following table presents the future scheduled annual maturities of the Company’s long-term debt, including the mandatory prepayment in 2009 discussed above:
         
2009
  $ 4,902  
2010
    1,730  
2011
    43,986  
2012
    127,270  
2013 (including discount)
    287,728  
 
     
 
       
 
  $ 465,616  
 
     
     As outlined above, a portion of Pregis’s third-party debt is denominated in euro and revalued to U.S. dollars at month-end reporting periods. The Company also maintains an intercompany debt structure, whereby it has provided euro-denominated loans to certain of its foreign subsidiaries and these and other foreign subsidiaries have provided euro-denominated loans to certain U.K. based subsidiaries. At each month-end reporting period, the Company recognizes unrealized gains and losses on the revaluation of these instruments, resulting from the fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and euro exchange rate, as well as the pound sterling and euro exchange rate.
     At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the revaluation of the Company’s euro-denominated third party debt resulted in unrealized foreign exchange gains of $(10,408) and losses of $23,306, respectively. These unrealized gains and losses have been offset by unrealized losses of $25,428 and gains of $(24,880) relating to revaluation of the Company’s euro-denominated intercompany notes at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. These amounts are reported net within the foreign exchange loss (gain) in the Company’s statement of operations.
9. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS
     Until September 30, 2008, the Company had one outstanding interest rate swap arrangement which had been put in place in November 2005 in order to manage its interest rate risk and to achieve a targeted ratio of variable-rate versus fixed-rate debt. The swap arrangement was designated as a cash flow hedge and was established to swap a notional amount of 65 million euro from EURIBOR-based floating rates to fixed rates over the period from January 2006 to January 2010. Effective September 15, 2008, the swap counterparty defaulted under the swap arrangement. Up to this point, the swap had been considered a highly effective hedge and changes in the fair value of the instrument were recorded in other comprehensive income (loss), resulting in a loss of $220, and gains of $240 and $1,257, each net of tax, being recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) for the period January 1, 2008 to September 15, 2008, and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
     From September 15, 2008 to September 30, 2008, the swap was not considered an effective hedge and the resulting change in fair value of $197 was recorded directly to interest expense. Effective September 30, 2008, the Company terminated the swap and established a receivable for the amount due from the counterparty, estimated to be $1,299. Given the uncertainty of collection, the Company established a reserve against this receivable.
     Effective October 1, 2008, in order to maintain its targeted ratio of variable-rate versus fixed-rate debt, the Company entered into a new interest rate swap arrangement with a different counterparty to swap a notional amount of 65 million euro from EURIBOR-based floating rates to a fixed rate over the period of October 1, 2008 to April 15, 2011. This new swap arrangement was designated as a cash flow hedge, and the change in its fair value since inception resulted in a loss of $2,647, net of tax, being recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) for the period October 1, 2008 to December 31, 2008. There was no ineffective portion of the hedge recognized in earnings. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had no other derivative instruments outstanding.

59


Table of Contents

     The Company remains exposed to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by the current counterparty on its interest rate swap contract. However, the Company believes it has minimized its credit risk by dealing with a leading, credit-worthy financial institution and, therefore, does not anticipate nonperformance.
10. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
     The Company adopted SFAS No. 157 on January 1, 2008, the first day of fiscal year 2008. Under generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S., certain assets and liabilities must be measured at fair value, and SFAS No. 157 details the disclosures that are required for items measured at fair value.
     SFAS No. 157 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value, as follows:
     Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.
     Level 2 — Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
     Level 3 — Unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.
     At December 31, 2008, the interest rate swap contract was the Company’s only financial instrument requiring measurement at fair value. The swap is an over-the-counter contract and the inputs utilized to determine its fair value are obtained in quoted public markets. Therefore, the Company has categorized this swap agreement as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy. At December 31, 2008, the fair value of this instrument was estimated to be a liability of $4,208, which is reported within other noncurrent liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.
     The carrying values of other financial instruments included in current assets and current liabilities approximate fair values due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The carrying value of amounts outstanding under the Company’s senior secured credit facilities is considered to approximate fair value as interest rates vary, based on prevailing market rates. The fair value of the Company’s senior secured notes and senior subordinated notes are based on quoted market prices (Level 1 within the fair value hierarchy). Under SFAS No. 159, entities are permitted to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The Company did not elect the fair value measurement option under SFAS No. 159 for any of its financial assets or liabilities.
      The Company’s fair value estimate of goodwill for one of its reporting units in the Specialty Packaging segment, which resulted in an impairment charge of $19,057, was based upon Level 3 inputs. The Company estimated the fair value of the reporting unit using the income approach, based on the present value of expected future cash flows, computed using a discount rate of 12.5%, which corresponds to its risk-adjusted cost of capital. In determining estimated future cash flows, current and future levels of income were considered that reflected business trends and market conditions.

60


Table of Contents

     The carrying values and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are as follows:
                                 
    2008     2007  
    Carrying     Fair     Carrying     Fair  
    Amount     Value     Amount     Value  
Long-term debt:
                               
Senior secured variable-rate credit facilities
  $ 177,042     $ 177,042     $ 183,053     $ 183,053  
Senior secured floating-rate notes
    139,690       108,958       145,980       139,958  
12.375% senior subordinated notes
    148,038       75,000       147,752       158,438  
Other debt
    846       846       939       939  
 
                       
 
                               
Total long-term debt
  $ 465,616     $ 361,846     $ 477,724     $ 482,388  
 
                       
 
                               
Derivative financial instruments:
                               
Interest rate swap asset (liability)
  $ (4,208 )   $ (4,208 )   $ 1,846     $ 1,846  
 
                       
     The carrying value of the Company’s senior secured floating-rate notes as well as the Term B-2 portion of the Company’s senior secured credit facilities, both of which are euro-denominated, decreased $6,290 and $4,181, respectively, during 2008 due principally to the weakening of the euro to the U.S. dollar.
     The Company is contingently liable under letters of credit (see Note 8). It is not practicable to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments; however, the Company does not expect any material losses to result from these financial instruments since performance is not likely to be required.
11. LEASES
     The Company leases certain facilities, equipment, and other assets under non-cancelable long-term operating leases. Rent expense totaled $19,556, $19,073 and $17,505 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, including short-term rentals.
     Future minimum rental payments for operating leases with remaining terms in excess of one year, are as follows:
         
2009
  $ 16,091  
2010
    12,519  
2011
    9,715  
2012
    7,291  
2013
    5,227  
Thereafter
    17,276  
 
     
 
  $ 68,119  
 
     
12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
     The Company is party to a management agreement with its Sponsors, for the provision of various advisory and consulting services. Fees and expenses incurred under this agreement totaled $1,724, $1,894 and $1,777 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Such amounts are included within selling, general and administrative expenses.
     The Company had sales to affiliates of AEA Investors LP totaling $379, $3,531 and $2,164 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. For the same periods, the Company made purchases from affiliates of AEA Investors LP totaling $11,879, $8,022 and $4,500, respectively.

61


Table of Contents

     Certain members of the Company’s management purchased shares in Pregis Holding I through the Pregis Holding I Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Shares were purchased at estimated fair value at the date of purchase. As of December 31, 2008, management held approximately 300 shares in Pregis Holding I, representing approximately 2.0% of Pregis Holding I’s issued and outstanding equity.
13. INCOME TAXES
     The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return with Pregis Holding I Corporation, its ultimate parent. The provision for income taxes in the consolidated financial statements reflects income taxes as if the businesses were stand-alone entities and filed separate income tax returns.
     The domestic and foreign components of income (loss) before income taxes were as follows:
                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
U.S. income (loss) before income taxes
  $ (2,852 )   $ 1,911     $ (7,181 )
Foreign income (loss) before income taxes
    (46,743 )     1,018       3,623  
 
                 
Total income (loss) before income taxes
  $ (49,595 )   $ 2,929     $ (3,558 )
 
                 
     The components of the Company’s income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Current
                       
Federal
  $     $     $ 546  
State and local
    383       809       399  
Foreign
    3,981       6,851       3,831  
 
                 
 
    4,364       7,660       4,776  
 
                 
Deferred
                       
Federal
    (414 )     1,978       (1,684 )
State and local
    (99 )     (935 )     (510 )
Foreign
    (5,716 )     (995 )     2,260  
 
                 
 
    (6,229 )     48       66  
 
                 
 
                       
Income tax expense (benefit)
  $ (1,865 )   $ 7,708     $ 4,842  
 
                 

62


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of the difference between the effective rate of the expense (benefit) and the U.S. federal statutory rate is shown in the following table:
                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2008   2007   2006
 
                       
U.S. federal income tax rate
    (35.00 )%     35.00 %     (35.00 )%
Valuation allowance
    20.19       162.60       84.29  
Non-deductible interest expense
    1.25       44.24       53.43  
Foreign rate differential
    8.26       20.47       25.46  
State rate change
          (16.91 )      
Foreign rate change
          (31.22 )      
State and local taxes on income, net of U.S. federal income tax benefit
    0.07       12.83       0.17  
Permanent differences
    1.04       25.79       6.47  
Other
    .43       10.36       1.27  
 
                       
 
                       
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (3.76 )%     263.16 %     136.09 %
 
                       
     Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement basis and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years. The Company’s net deferred income tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Deferred tax assets
               
Tax-loss carryforwards:
               
U.S. State and local
  $ 3,839     $ 6,376  
Foreign
    23,790       15,013  
Deferred charges
    1,447       1,709  
Bad debt reserves
    426       379  
Inventory reserves
    1,162       1,494  
Other items
    6,281       2,529  
Valuation allowance
    (25,911 )     (17,068 )
 
           
Net deferred tax assets
    11,034       10,432  
 
           
Deferred tax liabilities
               
Property and equipment
    (13,170 )     (19,282 )
Goodwill and intangibles
    (10,402 )     (13,015 )
Pensions and other employee benefits
    (4,531 )     (2,924 )
Unrealized foreign exchange loss
    (3,188 )     (4,440 )
Other items
    (320 )     (2,369 )
 
           
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (31,611 )     (42,030 )
 
           
 
               
Net deferred tax liabilities
  $ (20,577 )   $ (31,598 )
 
           
     These deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified in the consolidated balance sheets based on the balance sheet classification of the related assets and liabilities. Pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, Pactiv has provided an indemnity for certain tax liabilities that relate to periods prior to October 13, 2005.
     Management believes it is more likely than not that current and long-term deferred tax assets, with the exception of certain foreign tax-loss carryforwards and pension assets, will be realized through the reduction of future taxable income. Although realization is not assured, management has concluded that other deferred tax assets, for which a valuation allowance was determined to be unnecessary, will be realized in the ordinary course of operations based on scheduling of deferred tax liabilities.

63


Table of Contents

     U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $9,764 and $16,404, respectively. State tax-loss carryforwards, net of federal benefit, at December 31, 2008 and 2007, were $421 and $630, respectively, and will expire at various dates from 2009 to 2015. Foreign tax-loss carryforwards at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $88,090 and $55,131, respectively, of which $47,211 will expire at various dates from 2009 to 2019, with the remainder having unlimited lives. The valuation allowance above includes unrecognized tax benefits related to both state and foreign tax-loss carryforwards.
     Tax Contingencies
     Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted FIN 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes. The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in evaluating the Company’s tax positions and determining its provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Company established reserves for tax-related uncertainties based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. These reserves are established when the Company believes that certain positions might be challenged despite our belief that our tax return positions are fully supportable. The reserves are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the outcome of tax audits. The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that are considered appropriate. Accruals for tax contingencies are provided in accordance with the requirements of FIN 48.
     As of December 31, 2008, the Company had non-current liabilities totaling $11,310 for unrecognized tax benefits including interest and net of indirect benefits, of which $3,066 would affect the effective tax rate, if recognized. Included within the Company’s liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2008 is $8,244 subject to indemnification under the Stock Purchase Agreement with Pactiv. The indemnified amounts are included within the amounts due from Pactiv. The reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
                 
    2008     2007  
 
               
Unrecognized tax benefit — January 1
  $ 8,886     $ 13,559  
Additions based on tax positions related to the prior year
    371       754  
Reductions based on tax positions related to the prior year
    (324 )     (976 )
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
    3,194       1,983  
Reductions due to settlements
          (6,034 )
Reductions due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations
          (400 )
 
           
 
               
Unrecognized tax benefit — December 31
  $ 12,127     $ 8,886  
 
           
     The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax in multiple state and non-U.S. jurisdictions. The U.S. federal income tax return for the year 2006 is currently subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service. The U.S. federal income tax returns for the years 2007 through 2008 are subject to potential examination by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company is currently subject to examination in Germany for the years 2001 to 2005, Belgium for the year 2005, and Egypt for the year 2005. The Company remains subject to potential examination in Germany for the years 2002 to 2007, Belgium for the years 2006 and 2007, the United Kingdom for the years 2006 and 2007, and Italy for the years 2003 to 2007. The Company paid settlements to the German government during 2007 for tax audits relating to tax years 1999 to 2001 and certain issues remain outstanding. The Company is fully indemnified by Pactiv for the pre-Acquisition liabilities and has received reimbursement for all amounts paid against such liabilities.
     The Company accounts for interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, the amount of interest and penalties recorded in income tax expense was insignificant. As of December 31, 2008, the total amount of accrued interest and penalties recorded in the Company’s balance sheet was $2,045, of which $1,761 is subject to indemnification under the Stock Purchase Agreement.

64


Table of Contents

     It is reasonably possible that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will increase or decrease within the next twelve months; however, the Company does not expect such increases or decreases to be significant.
14. OTHER OPERATING EXPENSE, NET
     A summary of the items comprising other operating expense, net is as follows:
                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
Severance and restructuring expenses
  $ 9,321     $ 2,926     $ 313  
Curtailment gain
    (3,736 )            
Trademark impairment
    1,297       403        
Insurance settlement
          (2,873 )      
(Gain) loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
    (313 )     (332 )     105  
Royalty expense
    222       164       202  
Rental income
    (37 )     (43 )     (135 )
Other expense (income), net
    1,392       (55 )     (251 )
 
                 
 
                       
Other operating expense, net
  $ 8,146     $ 190     $ 234  
 
                 
     The main gains and losses included within other operating expense, net are as follows:
    The Company recorded restructuring charges of $9,321 and $2,926 in 2008 and 2007, respectively, related to its cost-reduction initiatives, which are discussed further in Note 15.
 
    In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company recognized a curtailment gain of $3,736 relating to a pension plan covering employees of its Eerbeek, Netherlands facility, which is being closed in connection with the Company’s restructuring activities. See also Note 16.
 
    In 2008 and 2007, when conducting its annual impairment test of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives, the Company determined that a trademark intangible asset associated with its protective packaging business was impaired, due to near-term reduced sales levels. The Company recorded impairment charges of $1,297 and $403 in 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
    During the first quarter of 2007, a printing machine utilized by the Company’s flexible packaging business in Egypt was destroyed by a fire. The net book value of the equipment was negligible. During 2007, the Company recorded a gain of $2,873 on the insurance settlement. The Company purchased a replacement printer, which was commissioned in mid-2008.
 
    In 2008, the Company incurred a loss of $708 relating to storm damage at one of its European protective packaging facilities. This charge is included within in other expense (income), net above.

65


Table of Contents

15. RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITIES
     During the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company established a reserve totaling $2,926, representing mostly employee severance and related costs, pursuant to a plan to restructure the workforce within its Specialty Packaging operations. The activities under the specialty packaging restructuring plan were completed by the end of 2008 with remaining severance of approximately $600 to be paid in 2009.
     During the second quarter of 2008, management approved a company-wide restructuring program to further streamline the Company’s operations and reduce its overall cost structure. Activities include headcount reductions and other overhead cost savings initiatives. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded charges for severance and other activities totaling $3,572 and $1,075, respectively, relating to these initiatives.
     During the third quarter of 2008, management approved a cost reduction plan that involves closure of a protective packaging facility located in Eerbeek, The Netherlands. The plan includes relocation of the Eerbeek production lines to other existing company facilities located within Western Europe and reduction of related headcount. Through December 31, 2008, the Company has recorded additional severance charges totaling $3,880 relating to headcount reduction, as well as other charges of $794 relating primarily to site preparation and relocation of the equipment lines.
     The other restructuring expenses relate primarily to the establishment of a European shared service center and other third-party consulting fees relating to restructuring activities.
     Following is a reconciliation of the restructuring liability for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:
                         
    Severance     Other        
    Charges     Charges     Total  
 
                       
Balance, January 1, 2007
  $     $     $  
Restructuring charges
    2,926             2,926  
Amounts paid
    (258 )           (258 )
 
                 
 
                       
Balance, December 31, 2007
    2,668             2,668  
 
                 
Restructuring charges
    7,452       1,869       9,321  
Amounts paid
    (5,055 )     (1,869 )     (6,924 )
Foreign currency translation
    (212 )           (212 )
 
                 
 
                       
Balance, December 31, 2008
  $ 4,853     $     $ 4,853  
 
                 
     The pretax restructuring charges by reportable segment are as follows:
                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
Protective Packaging
  $ 8,639     $ 113     $ 313  
Specialty Packaging
    34       2,813        
Corporate
    648              
 
                 
 
                       
Total
  $ 9,321     $ 2,926     $ 313  
 
                 
     The restructuring costs recorded to date have been included as a component of other operating expense, net within the consolidated statement of operations, as reflected in Note 14. The restructuring liability is included in other current liabilities within the consolidated balance sheet.

66


Table of Contents

     The Company expects to make cash payments for severance against the remaining liability through the first half of 2009. In 2008, the Company also funded capital expenditures of approximately $1,200 relating to certain of the cost reduction initiatives and expects to fund additional restructuring-related capital expenditures of approximately $2,100 in 2009.
16. RETIREMENT BENEFITS
Pension Benefits
     The Company has three defined benefit pension plans covering the majority of its employees located in the United Kingdom and the Netherlands. Plan benefits are generally based upon age at retirement, years of service and the level of compensation. The trustees of these plans, in consultation with their respective actuaries, recommend annual funding to be made to the plans at a level they believe to be appropriate for the plans to meet their long-term obligations. The employees also make contributions based on a percentage of eligible salary. The Company also has three small, unfunded defined benefit pension plans covering certain current or former employees of its German businesses. The Company funds the obligations for these plans with insurance contracts. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company has excluded these small German plans from its pension disclosure herein, since the plans are not material. The presentation as of December 31, 2007 and for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 has been restated herein to conform to the 2008 presentation.
     In accordance with SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R) (SFAS No. 158), which the Company adopted effective December 31, 2007, the Company reflects the funded status of its pension plans in its consolidated balance sheets. Effective December 31, 2008, SFAS No. 158 also requires measurement of plan assets and benefit obligations at December 31, the date of the Company’s year end. The Company already used a December 31 measurement date so adoption of this provision of SFAS No. 158 had no impact.
     Components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows:
                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
Service cost of benefits earned
  $ 2,041     $ 3,526     $ 3,185  
Interest cost on benefit obligations
    5,195       5,427       4,770  
Expected return on plan assets
    (7,180 )     (6,697 )     (5,592 )
Curtailment gain
    (3,736 )            
Amortization of net loss
    (243 )            
 
                 
 
                       
Net periodic benefit cost (income)
  $ (3,923 )   $ 2,256     $ 2,363  
 
                 
     As a result of the closure and job reductions related to the Company’s facility in Eerbeek, Netherlands, in accordance with SFAS No. 88, the Company recognized a $3,736 curtailment gain attributable to the decrease in liability associated with the reduction in pension benefits. The curtailment gain was recognized in 2008, consistent with the timing of the related employees’ terminations. See Note 15 for more information on the facility closure.
     As permitted under paragraph 26 of SFAS No. 87, the amortization of any prior service cost is determined using a straight-line amortization of the cost over the average remaining service period of employees expected to receive benefits under the plans.

67


Table of Contents

     The following tables show the changes in the benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status of the Company’s benefit plans:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Change in projected benefit obligation
               
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 96,153     $ 108,527  
Service cost of benefits earned
    2,041       3,526  
Interest cost on benefit obligation
    5,195       5,428  
Participant contributions
    701       729  
Curtailment gain
    (3,736 )      
Actuarial gains
    (10,888 )     (21,193 )
Benefit payments
    (3,255 )     (3,847 )
Exchange rate (gain) loss
    (20,679 )     2,983  
 
           
 
               
Benefit obligation at end of year
    65,532       96,153  
 
           
 
               
Change in fair value of plan assets
               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
    117,374       110,700  
Actual return on plan assets
    (3,517 )     4,231  
Employer contributions
    2,809       2,966  
Participant contributions
    701       729  
Benefit payments
    (3,255 )     (3,847 )
Exchange rate gain (loss)
    (27,698 )     2,595  
 
           
 
               
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
    86,414       117,374  
 
           
 
               
Funded status at end of year
  $ (20,882 )   $ (21,221 )
 
           
 
               
Amounts recognized on the balance sheet
               
Other noncurrent assets
  $ 20,882     $ 24,474  
Other noncurrent liabilities
          (3,253 )
 
           
 
               
Net amount recognized
  $ 20,882     $ 21,221  
 
           
 
               
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI)
               
Net actuarial gain
  $ (15,080 )   $ (15,131 )
Income tax provision related to the net actuarial gain
    4,176       4,209  
 
           
 
               
Net amount recognized
  $ (10,904 )   $ (10,922 )
 
           
     In 2009, the Company expects to amortize net actuarial gains totaling $215 from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost.
     The accumulated benefit obligation for the defined benefit pension plans was $63,119 and $88,539 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. At December 31, 2008, the fair value of plan assets for each of the pension plans exceeded the projected benefit obligations and accumulated benefit obligations. At December 31, 2007, the Netherlands plan had projected benefit obligations and accumulated benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of plan assets, as follows:
         
    December 31,
    2007
Projected benefit obligation
  $ 15,364  
Accumulated benefit obligation
    12,292  
Fair value of plan assets
    12,110  

68


Table of Contents

Plan Assumptions
     The weighted average assumptions used to determine the Company’s defined benefit obligations were as follows:
                 
    December 31,   December 31,
    2008   2007
 
               
Discount rate
    6.42 %     5.63 %
Compensation increases
    3.42 %     3.42 %
     The weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit costs were as follows:
                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2008   2007   2006
 
                       
Discount rate
    5.63 %     4.92 %     4.67 %
Expected return on plan assets
    6.30 %     5.89 %     5.42 %
Compensation increases
    3.42 %     3.56 %     3.56 %
     The discount rate assumption for each country is based on an index of high-quality corporate bonds with maturities in excess of ten years. In developing assumptions regarding the expected rate of return on pension plan assets, the Company receives independent input in each of the relevant countries in which the trust assets are invested on asset-allocation strategies and projections of long-term rates of return on various asset classes, risk-free rates of return and long-term inflation projections.
     The weighted average asset allocations by asset category for the Company’s pension plan assets were as follows as of the end of the last two years:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
               
Equity securities
    22.0 %     34.0 %
Fixed-income securities
    75.0 %     64.0 %
Other
    3.0 %     2.0 %
 
           
 
               
 
    100.0 %     100.0 %
 
           
     The Company employs a total return investment approach whereby a mixture of equity and fixed-income investments are used to maximize the long-term return on plan assets for a prudent level of risk. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of plan liabilities, plan funded status, and business financial condition. The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of equity and fixed-income investments.
     The Company expects to contribute $1,961 to its pension plans in 2009.
     Following are the estimated future benefit payments to be made in the years indicated:
         
Year   Amount
2009
  $ 2,769  
2010
    2,979  
2011
    3,016  
2012
    2,840  
2013
    2,787  
2014-2018
    13,298  

69


Table of Contents

Defined Contribution Plans
     The Company sponsors two 401(k) defined contribution plans, one for salaried and hourly nonunion employees and one for hourly union employees, in which its U.S. employees are eligible to participate. Under these plans, employees may contribute a percentage of compensation and the Company will match a portion of the employees’ contributions. Additionally, under the salaried and hourly nonunion plan, the Company may make a discretionary profit sharing contribution, if Company performance objectives are achieved. The Company’s contributions to these plans in the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 totaled $2,540, $2,431 and $1,290, respectively.
     The Company also sponsors several small, defined contribution plans at certain of its foreign operating units. The Company contribution is a defined percentage of eligible salary and in certain of the plans the employees also make contributions. The total expense for these plans was $260, $358 and $298 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Pension and Related Assets and Liabilities in the Balance Sheet
     Pension and related assets, as reflected in the consolidated balance sheets, also include the insurance investment contracts relating to the unfunded German pension plans which are excluded from the pension disclosure herein. The asset values totaled $1,548 and $1,185 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
     Pension and related liabilities, as reflected in the consolidated balance sheets, include the obligations for the German pension plans, totaling $3,192 and $3,073 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and for termination liabilities and other benefit-related liabilities established at certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries. The termination amounts are payable to the employees when they separate from the companies. The liabilities are calculated in accordance with civil and labor laws based on each employee’s length of service, employment category and remuneration, and are calculated at the amount that the employee would be entitled to, if the employee terminated immediately. The liabilities related to these arrangements totaled $2,927 and $3,063 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
17. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
     In October 2005, Pregis Holding I Corporation, the Company’s ultimate parent company, established the Pregis Holding I Corporation 2005 Stock Option Plan (the “Pregis Plan”) to provide for the grant of nonqualified and incentive stock options to key employees, consultants and directors of the Company. At December 31, 2008, the number of shares available for award under the Pregis Plan was 2,091.62, of which approximately 147.0 remain available for grant.
     The majority of the options issued pursuant to the Pregis Plan vest equally over a five-year period as service is rendered. However, in 2007 and 2008, certain management employees were awarded performance-based options, which may vest in three equal installments if defined performance objectives are met for each or any of the three years to which they relate. Vesting may be accelerated at any time as determined by the committee administering the Pregis Plan. The options expire if not exercised within ten years of the date of grant. Additionally, vested options will generally terminate 45 days after termination of employment.
     The fair value of each option award granted after adoption of SFAS No. 123R has been estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-valuation model, using the following assumptions:

70


Table of Contents

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2008   2007   2006
 
                       
Expected term (in years)
    3.0 - 5.0       3.0 - 5.0       5.0  
Volatility
    30.0%       30.0%       30.0%  
Risk-free interest rate
    1.4% - 3.5%       3.4% - 4.6%       4.3% - 4.9%  
Dividend yield
                 
     The expected terms of the option grants were estimated, based on the vesting periods for the grants. Since the Company has minimal historical experience with respect to exercise behavior for its options, this was considered to be a reasonable estimate in relation to exercise behavior experienced by similar private-equity owned entities. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on U.S. Treasury security yields for issues with a remaining term equal to the option’s expected life at the time of grant. The Company does not have publicly traded equity, so it does not have historical data regarding the volatility of its common stock. Therefore, the expected volatility used for 2008, 2007 and 2006 was based on volatility of similar entities, referred to as “guideline” companies. In determining similarity, the Company considered industry, stage of life cycle, size and financial leverage. The dividend yield on the Company’s stock is assumed to be zero since the Company has not paid dividends and has no current plans to do so in the future. Based on its minimal historical experience of pre-vesting cancellations, the Company has assumed an annual forfeiture rate of 5% for the majority of its option grants. These assumptions are evaluated, and revised as necessary, based on changes in market conditions and historical experience.
     The Company’s stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 under the Pregis Plan is as follows:
                         
                    Weighted  
            Weighted     Average  
    Number of     Average     Remaining  
    Options     Exercise Price     Contractual Life  
 
                       
Outstanding at January 1, 2006
    884.96     $ 13,000.00          
Granted
    1,269.16       14,565.00          
Exercised
                   
Forfeited
    (718.83 )     15,764.00          
 
                   
 
                       
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
    1,435.29     $ 13,000.00          
Granted
    665.58       17,968.00          
Exercised
                   
Forfeited
    (305.21 )     13,000.00          
Expired
    (86.91 )     13,000.00          
 
                   
 
                       
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
    1,708.75     $ 14,935.00          
Granted (1)
    342.76       20,000.00          
Exercised
    (21.85 )     13,000.00          
Forfeited
    (184.84 )     16,230.00          
Expired
    (35.65 )     13,000.00          
 
                   
 
                       
Outstanding at December 31, 2008 (1)
    1,809.17     $ 15,782.00     8.06 years
 
                   
 
                       
Exercisable at December 31, 2008
    615.95     $ 14,029.00     7.34 years
 
                   
 
(1)   Amounts granted in 2008 and outstanding at December 31, 2008 do not include 136.30 of performance-based options for which fair value will be calculated when the 2009 and 2010 performance objectives are determined.

71


Table of Contents

     The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted was $5,989, $6,147, and $2,252 per share for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The total grant-date fair of options that vested during 2008 and 2007 was $3,092 and $1,193, respectively.
     As of December 31, 2008, there was $4,525 of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested options granted in 2006 through 2008 under the plans. This cost is expected to be amortized over a weighted-average service period of approximately 3.8 years. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company recognized share-based compensation expense of $951 ($598, net of tax), $558 ($381, net of tax) and $97 ($65, net of tax), respectively.
     In December 2005, Pregis Holding I Corporation also adopted the Pregis Holding I Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Stock Purchase Plan”) to provide key employees of the Company the opportunity to purchase shares at an initial price of $10,000 per share, equal to the per share price paid by the Sponsors in the Acquisition. New executives joining the Company have also been given the opportunity to purchase shares at the then-current fair market value. The Company has recognized no compensation expense related to shares sold under this plan, since the price paid by management approximates fair value.
18. SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
     The Company reports its segment information in accordance with SFAS No. 131, Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information. Through the third quarter of 2008, the Company classified its operations into four reportable segments, known as Protective Packaging, Flexible Packaging, Hospital Supplies and Rigid Packaging.
     The Protective Packaging segment represents an aggregation of the Company’s North American and European protective packaging businesses and its Hexacomb product line. These businesses have comparable economic characteristics and similarities in their product offerings, production processes, marketing and distribution channels, and end-users.
     In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company hired a new executive to manage the operations of the flexible packaging, hospital supplies and rigid packaging businesses as an integrated specialty packaging unit, in support of the Company’s strategy to drive synergies across these businesses. This new executive reports directly to the chief operating decision maker, with each of the business managers reporting up to him. He is responsible for executing the growth strategy of these businesses, including acquisition/divestiture, restructuring, and capital investment decisions, and provides integrated specialty packaging information to the chief operating decision maker. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company began reporting the operations of its flexible packaging, hospital supplies and rigid packaging businesses as one reportable segment, Specialty Packaging, to be aligned with the aforementioned changes in its internal management structure and related changes in information provided to the chief operating decision maker. As a result, the Company now reports two reportable segments:
     Protective Packaging — This segment manufactures, markets, sells and distributes protective packaging products in North America and Europe. Its protective mailers, air-encapsulated bubble products, sheet foam, engineered foam, inflatable airbag systems, honeycomb products and other protective packaging products are manufactured and sold for use in cushioning, void-fill, surface-protection, containment and blocking & bracing applications.
     Specialty Packaging — This segment provides innovative packaging solutions for food, medical, and other specialty packaging applications, primarily in Europe.
     In accordance with the requirements of SFAS No. 131, the segment information presented for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 has been restated to conform to the Company’s new reportable segment structure.

72


Table of Contents

     The Company evaluates performance and allocates resources to each segment based on segment EBITDA, which is calculated internally as gross margin (defined as net sales, less cost of sales excluding amortization and depreciation), less selling, general and administrative expenses. Management believes that segment EBITDA provides useful information for analyzing and evaluating the underlying operating results of each segment. However, segment EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income or other measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. Additionally, the Company’s computation of segment EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures computed by other companies.
     Information regarding the Company’s reportable segments is as follows:
                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Net Sales:
                       
Protective Packaging
  $ 661,976     $ 636,939     $ 617,245  
Specialty Packaging
    357,388       342,460       308,254  
 
                 
 
                       
Net sales
  $ 1,019,364     $ 979,399     $ 925,499  
 
                 
 
                       
Segment EBITDA:
                       
Protective Packaging
  $ 62,812     $ 80,445     $ 71,481  
Specialty Packaging
    42,299       45,548       36,431  
 
                 
Total segment EBITDA
    105,111       125,993       107,912  
Corporate expenses (1)
    (12,237 )     (24,009 )     (21,907 )
Other operating expense, net, including restructuring
    (8,146 )     (190 )     (234 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (52,344 )     (55,799 )     (53,179 )
Goodwill impairment
    (19,057 )            
Interest expense
    (49,069 )     (46,730 )     (42,535 )
Interest income
    875       1,325       246  
Foreign exchange gain (loss), net
    (14,728 )     2,339       6,139  
 
                 
 
                       
Income (loss) before income taxes
  $ (49,595 )   $ 2,929     $ (3,558 )
 
                 
 
                       
Depreciation and Amortization:
                       
Protective Packaging
  $ 32,082     $ 32,792     $ 32,240  
Specialty Packaging
    19,680       23,007       20,939  
Corporate
    582              
 
                 
 
                       
Total depreciation and amortization
  $ 52,344     $ 55,799     $ 53,179  
 
                 
 
                       
Capital Spending:
                       
Protective Packaging
  $ 18,239     $ 18,887     $ 13,751  
Specialty Packaging
    12,643       15,739       14,312  
 
                 
 
                       
Total capital spending
  $ 30,882     $ 34,626     $ 28,063  
 
                 
                 
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Assets:
               
Protective Packaging
  $ 357,943     $ 415,108  
Specialty Packaging
    230,556       261,977  
Corporate assets (2)
    147,877       178,234  
 
           
 
               
Total assets
  $ 736,376     $ 855,319  
 
           

73


Table of Contents

 
(1)   Corporate expenses include the costs of corporate support functions, such as information technology, finance, human resources, legal and executive management which have not been allocated to the segments. Additionally, corporate expenses may include other non-recurring or non-operational activity that the chief operating decision maker excludes in assessing business unit performance. These expenses, along with depreciation and amortization and other non-operating activity such as interest expense/income and foreign exchange gains/losses are not considered in the measure of the segments’ operating performance, but are shown herein as reconciling items to the Company’s consolidated income (loss) before income taxes.
 
(2)   Corporate assets include goodwill, deferred financing costs, and other assets attributed to the corporate support functions.
Net Sales by Major Product Line
                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
Protective packaging
  $ 661,976     $ 636,939     $ 617,245  
Flexible packaging
    188,160       170,617       152,387  
Rigid packaging
    63,651       71,805       66,570  
Medical supplies and packaging
    105,577       100,038       89,297  
 
                 
 
                       
Total net sales
  $ 1,019,364     $ 979,399     $ 925,499  
 
                 
     The Company’s flexible packaging product line includes films that had been previously reported within the rigid packaging segment, prior to the Company’s revision to its reportable segments. Similarly, the Company’s medical supplies and packaging product line includes certain medical packaging that had previously been reported within the flexible packaging segment.
Net Sales by Geographic Area
     The following table provides certain geographic-area information, as determined based on the country from which the sales originate and in which the assets are based:
                                         
    Net Sales     Total Long-Lived Assets (e)  
    Year Ended December 31,     As of December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2008     2007  
United States
  $ 341,543     $ 340,876     $ 356,337     $ 207,170     $ 222,281  
Germany
    254,629       237,208       208,841       107,380       135,338  
United Kingdom
    164,737       177,808       168,200       38,413       58,462  
Western Europe (a)
    88,742       70,701       60,752       33,439       32,889  
Southern Europe (b)
    64,450       60,996       59,129       25,171       28,169  
Central Europe (c)
    58,993       50,835       36,830       29,492       33,038  
Accumulated Other (d)
    46,270       40,975       35,410       16,530       15,412  
 
                             
Totals
  $ 1,019,364     $ 979,399     $ 925,499     $ 457,595     $ 525,589  
 
                             
 
(a)   Includes Belgium and the Netherlands.
 
(b)   Includes Spain, Italy, and France.
 
(c)   Includes Poland, Hungary, the Czech Republic, Bulgaria, and Romania.
 
(d)   Includes Canada, Mexico, and Egypt.
 
(e)   Total long-lived assets are total assets, excluding intercompany notes and investments, less current assets.

74


Table of Contents

19. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
     The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes, are as follows:
                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments
  $ (5,206 )   $ 8,367     $ 6,047  
Net unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments
    (1,889 )     1,161       921  
Defined benefit pension adjustments
    10,904       11,058        
 
                 
 
  $ 3,809     $ 20,586     $ 6,968  
 
                 
     During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company revised the presentation of total comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2007 within the Consolidated Statement of Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss) to remove the impact of adoption of SFAS No. 158. The revised total comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2007 is $(2,219).
20. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Financing commitments
     At December 31, 2008, the Company had letters of credit outstanding under its credit facility and foreign lines of credit totaling $8,558.
Legal matters
     The Company is party to legal proceedings arising from its operations. Related reserves are recorded when it is probable that liabilities exist and where reasonable estimates of such liabilities can be made. While it is not possible to predict the outcome of any of these proceedings, the Company’s management, based on its assessment of the facts and circumstances now known, does not believe that any of these proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position. However, actual outcomes may be different than expected and could have a material effect on the company’s results of operations or cash flows in a particular period.
Environmental matters
     The Company is subject to a variety of environmental and pollution-control laws and regulations in all jurisdictions in which it operates. Where it is probable that related liabilities exist and where reasonable estimates of such liabilities can be made, associated reserves are established. Estimated liabilities are subject to change as additional information becomes available regarding the magnitude of possible clean-up costs, the expense and effectiveness of alternative clean-up methods, and other possible liabilities associated with such situations. However, management believes that any additional costs that may be incurred as more information becomes available will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, although such costs could have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations or cash flows in a particular period.

75


Table of Contents

21. QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
                                 
    First   Second   Third   Fourth
    Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter
Year Ended December 31, 2008:
                               
Net sales
  $ 259,322     $ 275,216     $ 265,188     $ 219,638  
Cost of sales, excluding depreciation and amortization
    202,494       216,276       205,673       174,247  
Depreciation and amortization
    13,540       13,610       13,584       11,610  
Operating income (loss)
    8,278       7,266       10,098       (12,315 )
Loss before income taxes
    (562 )     (4,448 )     (12,764 )     (31,821 )
Net loss
    (3,272 )     (5,569 )     (11,962 )     (26,927 )
 
                               
Year Ended December 31, 2007:
                               
Net sales
  $ 239,017     $ 241,530     $ 245,163     $ 253,689  
Cost of sales, excluding depreciation and amortization
    178,002       180,830       188,426       192,977  
Depreciation and amortization
    12,676       13,818       14,242       15,063  
Operating income
    16,540       14,169       10,358       4,928  
Income (loss) before income taxes
    5,899       3,843       972       (7,785 )
Net income (loss)
    2,247       826       (563 )     (7,289 )
22. SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
     In connection with the Acquisition, Pregis Holding II (presented as Parent in the following tables), through its 100%-owned subsidiary, Pregis Corporation (presented as Issuer in the following tables), issued senior secured notes and senior subordinated notes. The senior notes are fully, unconditionally and jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior secured basis and the senior subordinated notes are fully, unconditionally and jointly and severally guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, in each case, by Pregis Holding II and substantially all existing and future 100%-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries of Pregis Corporation (collectively, the “Guarantors”). All other subsidiaries of Pregis Corporation, whether direct or indirect, do not guarantee the senior secured notes and senior subordinated notes (the “Non-Guarantors”). The Guarantors also unconditionally guarantee the Company’s borrowings under its senior secured credit facilities on a senior secured basis.
     Additionally, the senior secured notes are secured on a second priority basis by liens on all of the collateral (subject to certain exceptions) securing Pregis Corporation’s new senior secured credit facilities. In the event that secured creditors exercise remedies with respect to Pregis and its guarantors’ pledged assets, the proceeds of the liquidation of those assets will first be applied to repay obligations secured by the first priority liens under the new senior secured credit facilities and any other first priority obligations.
     The following condensed consolidating financial statements present the results of operations, financial position and cash flows of (1) the Parent, (2) the Issuer, (3) the Guarantors, (4) the Non-Guarantors, and (5) eliminations to arrive at the information for Pregis Holding II on a consolidated basis. Separate financial statements and other disclosures concerning the Guarantors are not presented because management does not believe such information is material to investors. Therefore, each of the Guarantors is combined in the presentation below.

76


Table of Contents

Pregis Holding II Corporation
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
December 31, 2008
                                                 
                    Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
    Parent     Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Assets
                                               
Current assets
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $     $     $ 9,764     $ 31,415     $     $ 41,179  
Accounts receivable
                                               
Trade, net of allowances
                30,338       91,398             121,736  
Affiliates
          75,907       70,569       1,864       (148,340 )      
Other
                57       13,772             13,829  
Inventories, net
                23,829       64,038             87,867  
Deferred income taxes
          134       2,589       1,613             4,336  
Due from Pactiv
                      1,399             1,399  
Prepayments and other current assets
          2,457       1,316       4,662             8,435  
 
                                   
Total current assets
          78,498       138,462       210,161       (148,340 )     278,781  
Investment in subsidiaries and intercompany balances
    90,101       524,168                   (614,269 )      
Property, plant and equipment, net
          1,704       74,590       168,830             245,124  
Other assets
                                               
Goodwill
                85,597       41,798             127,395  
Intangible assets, net
                17,150       24,104             41,254  
Other
          7,734       4,046       32,042             43,822  
 
                                   
Total other assets
          7,734       106,793       97,944             212,471  
 
                                   
Total assets
  $ 90,101     $ 612,104     $ 319,845     $ 476,935     $ (762,609 )   $ 736,376  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Liabilities and stockholder’s equity
                                               
Current liabilities
                                               
Current portion of long-term debt
  $     $ 4,641     $     $ 261     $     $ 4,902  
Accounts payable
          1,257       15,081       62,754             79,092  
Accounts payable, affiliates
          46,698       61,668       39,974       (148,340 )      
Accrued taxes
          (374 )     1,217       6,121             6,964  
Accrued payroll and benefits
          114       3,616       7,923             11,653  
Accrued interest
          6,905                         6,905  
Other
          84       5,663       15,993             21,740  
 
                                   
Total current liabilities
          59,325       87,245       133,026       (148,340 )     131,292  
Long-term debt
          460,128             586             460,714  
Intercompany balances
                137,778       288,577       (426,355 )      
Deferred income taxes
          (4,315 )     20,331       8,897             24,913  
Other
          6,865       6,907       15,620             29,392  
Total stockholder’s equity
    90,101       90,101       67,584       30,229       (187,914 )     90,101  
 
                                   
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity
  $ 90,101     $ 612,104     $ 319,845     $ 476,935     $ (762,609 )   $ 736,376  
 
                                   

77


Table of Contents

Pregis Holding II Corporation
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
December 31, 2007
                                                 
                    Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
    Parent     Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Assets
                                               
Current assets
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $     $ 8,641     $     $ 26,348     $     $ 34,989  
Accounts receivable
                                               
Trade, net of allowances
                32,129       115,916             148,045  
Affiliates
          35,386       28,422       (455 )     (63,353 )      
Other
                200       18,332             18,532  
Inventories, net
                32,209       76,705             108,914  
Deferred income taxes
          134       2,219       638             2,991  
Due from Pactiv
          427             6,645             7,072  
Prepayments and other current assets
          2,582       2,129       4,476             9,187  
 
                                   
Total current assets
          47,170       97,308       248,605       (63,353 )     329,730  
Investment in subsidiaries and intercompany balances
    153,657       599,266                   (752,923 )      
Property, plant and equipment, net
                84,458       192,940             277,398  
Other assets
                                               
Goodwill
                85,717       64,283             150,000  
Intangible assets, net
                18,659       29,251             47,910  
Other
          11,926       4,020       34,335             50,281  
 
                                   
Total other assets
          11,926       108,396       127,869             248,191  
 
                                   
Total assets
  $ 153,657     $ 658,362     $ 290,162     $ 569,414     $ (816,276 )   $ 855,319  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Liabilities and stockholder’s equity
                                               
Current liabilities
                                               
Current portion of long-term debt
  $     $ 1,873     $     $ 247     $     $ 2,120  
Accounts payable
          2,297       19,936       78,093             100,326  
Accounts payable, affiliates
          17,911       19,849       25,593       (63,353 )      
Accrued taxes
          (124 )     1,001       13,023             13,900  
Accrued payroll and benefits
          1,984       6,199       11,631             19,814  
Accrued interest
          6,772             3             6,775  
Other
                7,994       14,442             22,436  
 
                                   
Total current liabilities
          30,713       54,979       143,032       (63,353 )     165,371  
Long-term debt
          474,912             692             475,604  
Intercompany balances
                149,793       301,575       (451,368 )      
Deferred income taxes
          (3,170 )     21,748       16,011             34,589  
Other
          2,250       5,878       17,970             26,098  
Total stockholder’s equity
    153,657       153,657       57,764       90,134       (301,555 )     153,657  
 
                                   
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity
  $ 153,657     $ 658,362     $ 290,162     $ 569,414     $ (816,276 )   $ 855,319  
 
                                   

78


Table of Contents

Pregis Holding II Corporation
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2008
                                                 
                    Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
    Parent     Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
 
                                               
Net sales
  $     $     $ 351,564     $ 678,643     $ (10,843 )   $ 1,019,364  
Operating costs and expenses:
                                               
Cost of sales, excluding depreciation and amortization
                265,568       543,965       (10,843 )     798,690  
Selling, general and administrative
          11,946       41,591       74,263             127,800  
Depreciation and amortization
          577       16,378       35,389             52,344  
Goodwill impairment
                      19,057             19,057  
Other operating expense, net
          648       923       6,575             8,146  
 
                                   
Total operating costs and expenses
          13,171       324,460       679,249       (10,843 )     1,006,037  
 
                                   
Operating income (loss)
          (13,171 )     27,104       (606 )           13,327  
Interest expense
          (4,482 )     18,018       35,533             49,069  
Interest income
          (190 )           (685 )           (875 )
Foreign exchange loss, net
          3,452             11,276             14,728  
Equity in loss of subsidiaries
    47,730       34,876                   (82,606 )      
 
                                   
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (47,730 )     (46,827 )     9,086       (46,730 )     82,606       (49,595 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
          903       (1,033 )     (1,735 )           (1,865 )
 
                                   
Net income (loss)
  $ (47,730 )   $ (47,730 )   $ 10,119     $ (44,995 )   $ 82,606     $ (47,730 )
 
                                   
Pregis Holding II Corporation
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2007
                                                 
                    Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
    Parent     Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
 
Net sales
  $     $     $ 348,230     $ 639,262     $ (8,093 )   $ 979,399  
Operating costs and expenses:
                                               
Cost of sales, excluding depreciation and amortization
                254,409       493,919       (8,093 )     740,235  
Selling, general and administrative
          23,754       41,457       71,969             137,180  
Depreciation and amortization
                18,564       37,235             55,799  
Other operating (income) expense
                (96 )     286             190  
 
                                   
Total operating costs and expenses
          23,754       314,334       603,409       (8,093 )     933,404  
 
                                   
Operating income (loss)
          (23,754 )     33,896       35,853             45,995  
Interest expense
          (4,334 )     20,607       30,457             46,730  
Interest income
          (817 )           (508 )           (1,325 )
Foreign exchange (gain) loss
          (7,224 )     (2 )     4,887             (2,339 )
Equity in loss (income) of subsidiaries
    4,779       (8,014 )                 3,235        
 
                                   
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (4,779 )     (3,365 )     13,291       1,017       (3,235 )     2,929  
Income tax expense
          1,414       11       6,283             7,708  
 
                                   
Net income (loss)
  $ (4,779 )   $ (4,779 )   $ 13,280     $ (5,266 )   $ (3,235 )   $ (4,779 )
 
                                   

79


Table of Contents

Pregis Holding II Corporation
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2006
                                                 
                    Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
    Parent     Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
 
                                               
Net sales
  $     $     $ 361,887     $ 570,240     $ (6,628 )   $ 925,499  
Operating costs and expenses:
                                               
Cost of sales, excluding depreciation and amortization
                274,150       446,028       (6,628 )     713,550  
Selling, general and administrative
          2,153       61,429       62,362             125,944  
Depreciation and amortization
                19,561       33,618             53,179  
Other operating expense (income), net
                (303 )     537             234  
 
                                   
Total operating costs and expenses
          2,153       354,837       542,545       (6,628 )     892,907  
 
                                   
Operating income (loss)
          (2,153 )     7,050       27,695             32,592  
Interest expense
          (5,188 )     22,823       24,900             42,535  
Interest income
          (5 )           (241 )           (246 )
Foreign exchange (gain) loss
          (5,706 )     154       (587 )           (6,139 )
Equity in loss of subsidiaries
    8,400       19,055                   (27,455 )      
 
                                   
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (8,400 )     (10,309 )     (15,927 )     3,623       27,455       (3,558 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
          (1,909 )     661       6,090             4,842  
 
                                   
Net loss
  $ (8,400 )   $ (8,400 )   $ (16,588 )   $ (2,467 )   $ 27,455     $ (8,400 )
 
                                   

80


Table of Contents

Pregis Holding II Corporation
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended December 31, 2008
                                                 
                    Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
    Parent     Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
 
                                               
Operating activities
                                               
Net income (loss)
  $ (47,730 )   $ (47,730 )   $ 10,119     $ (44,995 )   $ 82,606     $ (47,730 )
Non-cash adjustments
    47,730       44,239       14,257       55,719       (82,606 )     79,339  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions
          (15,328 )     4,750       18,623             8,045  
 
                                   
Cash (used in) provided by operating activities
          (18,819 )     29,126       29,347             39,654  
 
                                   
Investing activities
                                               
Capital expenditures
                (7,408 )     (23,474 )           (30,882 )
Proceeds from sale of assets
                7       1,056             1,063  
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
                      (958 )           (958 )
Insurance proceeds
                            3,205               3,205  
Other, net
                      (969 )           (969 )
 
                                   
Cash used in investing activities
                (7,401 )     (21,140 )           (28,541 )
 
                                   
Financing activities
                                               
Intercompany activity
          11,961       (11,961 )                  
Repayment of long-term debt
          (1,893 )                       (1,893 )
Other, net
                      (115 )           (115 )
 
                                   
Cash (used in) provided by financing activities
          10,068       (11,961 )     (115 )           (2,008 )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
          110             (3,025 )           (2,915 )
 
                                   
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
          (8,641 )     9,764       5,067             6,190  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
          8,641             26,348             34,989  
 
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $     $     $ 9,764     $ 31,415     $     $ 41,179  
 
                                   

81


Table of Contents

Pregis Holding II Corporation
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended December 31, 2007
                                                 
                    Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
    Parent     Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Operating activities
                                               
Net income (loss)
  $ (4,779 )   $ (4,779 )   $ 13,280     $ (5,266 )   $ (3,235 )   $ (4,779 )
Non-cash adjustments
    4,779       (11,483 )     17,562       37,186       3,235       51,279  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions
          14,115       (16,488 )     7,048             4,675  
 
                                   
Cash (used in) provided by operating activities
          (2,147 )     14,354       38,968             51,175  
 
                                   
Investing activities
                                               
Capital expenditures
                (10,161 )     (24,465 )           (34,626 )
Proceeds from sale of assets
                513       262             775  
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
                      (28,785 )           (28,785 )
Insurance proceeds
                            884               884  
Other, net
                      (226 )           (226 )
 
                                   
Cash used in investing activities
                (9,648 )     (52,330 )           (61,978 )
 
                                   
Financing activities
                                               
Intercompany activity
          13,069       (12,655 )     (414 )            
Deferred financing costs
          (1,237 )                       (1,237 )
Repayment of long-term debt
          (1,828 )                       (1,828 )
Other, net
                      218             218  
 
                                   
Cash used in (provided by) financing activities
          10,004       (12,655 )     (196 )           (2,847 )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
          784             2,188             2,972  
 
                                   
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
          8,641       (7,949 )     (11,370 )           (10,678 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
                7,949       37,718             45,667  
 
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $     $ 8,641     $     $ 26,348     $     $ 34,989  
 
                                   

82


Table of Contents

Pregis Holding II Corporation
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended December 31, 2006
                                                 
                    Guarantor     Non-Guarantor              
    Parent     Issuer     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
 
Operating activities
                                               
Net loss
  $ (8,400 )   $ (8,400 )   $ (16,588 )   $ (2,467 )   $ 27,455     $ (8,400 )
Non-cash adjustments
    8,400       13,300       18,544       35,512       (27,455 )     48,301  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions
          (17,822 )     2,661       (2,099 )           (17,260 )
 
                                   
Cash (used in) provided by operating activities
          (12,922 )     4,617       30,946             22,641  
 
                                   
Investing activities
                                               
Capital expenditures
                (8,809 )     (19,254 )           (28,063 )
Proceeds from sale of assets
                27       696             723  
Purchase price adjustments on acquisition of Pregis businesses
          (1,751 )     1,300                   (451 )
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired
                      (4,886 )           (4,886 )
Other, net
                      (289 )           (289 )
 
                                   
Cash used in investing activities
          (1,751 )     (7,482 )     (23,733 )           (32,966 )
 
                                   
Financing activities
                                               
Repayment of long-term debt
          (1,737 )           5             (1,732 )
Other, net
                                   
 
                                   
Cash used in financing activities
          (1,737 )           5             (1,732 )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
                      3,583             3,583  
 
                                   
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
          (16,410 )     (2,865 )     10,801             (8,474 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
          16,410       10,814       26,917             54,141  
 
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $     $     $ 7,949     $ 37,718     $     $ 45,667  
 
                                   

83


Table of Contents

Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(dollars in thousands)
                                         
                            Changes in        
    Balance at     Additions             foreign        
    beginning of     charged to             currency     Balance at end  
Description   period     income     Deductions     exchange rates     of period  
 
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
                                       
Year ended December 31, 2008
  $ 5,313     $ 1,562     $ (1,126 )   $ (392 )   $ 5,357  
Year ended December 31, 2007
    4,055       973       (111 )     396       5,313  
Year ended December 31, 2006
    5,519       500       (2,410 )     446       4,055  
 
                                       
Deferred tax asset valuation reserve
                                       
Year ended December 31, 2008
  $ 17,068     $ 10,011     $ (893 )   $ (275 )   $ 25,911  
Year ended December 31, 2007
    18,055       4,706       (6,314 )     621       17,068  
Year ended December 31, 2006
    17,690       2,999       (4,622 )     1,988       18,055  

84


Table of Contents

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
     None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
     Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer (our principal executive officer) and our Chief Financial Officer (our principal financial officer), we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as of the end of the period covered by this report (the “Evaluation Date”). Based on this evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded as of the Evaluation Date that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective such that information relating to us that is required to be disclosed in reports filed with the SEC: (i) is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Management’s Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting
     Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principals. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met. Additionally, in designing disclosure controls and procedures, our management necessarily is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible disclosure controls and procedures. The design of any disclosure controls and procedures also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework.” The assessment included extensive documenting, evaluating and testing the design and operating effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Management concluded that based on its assessment, our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008.
     This annual report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to temporary rules of the SEC that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in this annual report on Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
     For the quarter ended December 31, 2008, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
     None.

85


Table of Contents

PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
     The following table provides information about the current directors of Pregis Holding II and the executive officers of Pregis Holding II and Pregis Corporation.
         
Name   Age   Position with our Company
Michael T. McDonnell
  51   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
D. Keith LaVanway
  44   Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Thomas E. O’Neill
  57   Vice President, Human Resources
Kevin J. Baudhuin
  46   President, Protective Packaging North America
Fernando De Miguel
  51   President, Protective Packaging Europe
Jeff Kellar
  53   President, Hexacomb
Steven Kenny
  47   President, Specialty Packaging Division
John L. Garcia
  52   Chairman of the Board
Glenn Fischer
  58   Director
Brian R. Hoesterey
  41   Director
James W. Leng
  63   Director
James D. Morris
  55   Director
John P. O’Leary, Jr.
  62   Director
Thomas J. Pryma
  35   Director
James E. Rogers
  63   Director
     Michael T. McDonnell became our President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of our company and our parent companies on October 6, 2006. Prior to that, Mr. McDonnell served as Group Vice President of the Environment Technologies Group of Engelhard Corporation, a surface and materials science company that was acquired by BASF Aktiengesellschaft in June 2006. Mr. McDonnell joined Engelhard in 2002 as Vice President, Enterprise Technologies. Previously, from 1998 to 2002, Mr. McDonnell was with Cytec Industries, a specialty chemicals and materials company, as Vice President, Coating and Performance Chemicals and Vice President, Specialty Resins.
     D. Keith LaVanway became our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on September 19, 2007. Prior to joining Pregis, Mr. LaVanway held the position of Chief Financial Officer at Associated Materials Incorporated (“AMI”), an Ohio-based building materials company, since 2001. Prior to AMI, Mr. LaVanway served as Vice President, Finance at various operating divisions of Nortek, Inc. and also held financial management roles at Abbott Laboratories and Ernst & Young.
     Thomas E. O’Neill became our Vice President, Human Resources, effective August 15, 2007. Prior to joining Pregis, Mr. O’Neill worked with The BOC Group plc for over 25 years, most recently serving as Global Human Resource Director, Industrial Products from 2000 to 2007 and previous to that as Vice President Human Resources from 1995 to 2000, and Vice President Distribution, for BOC Gases Americas.
     Kevin J. Baudhuin became Pregis’s President, Protective Packaging North America, effective December 10, 2007. Prior to joining Pregis, Mr. Baudhuin worked with The BOC Group plc for over 20 years, most recently serving as President, Industrial & Special Projects, North America from March 2004 to February 2007 and previous to that as Global Market Director, Special Products from February 2002 to March 2004 and other positions of general management, sales and marketing.
     Fernando De Miguel became Pregis’s President, Protective Packaging Europe, effective June 1, 2007. Mr. De Miguel joined Pregis from Alstom, where he served as Senior Vice President, North Europe since April 2006. Prior to Alstom, Mr. De Miguel worked with Johnson Controls Automotive Systems Group for over 11 years in numerous senior management positions, most recently serving as Group Vice President Electronics, Europe and International.

86


Table of Contents

     Jeff Kellar became Pregis’s President, Hexacomb, effective January 5, 2009. Prior to joining Pregis, Mr. Kellar was President of the flexible packaging division of Alcoa / Reynolds Packaging Group from 2006 to 2008. Previous to this, Mr. Kellar held senior strategy and business development roles with Tetra Pak Inc. for 12 years, and worked for 18 years in the brewing industry at Molson Breweries and Miller Brewing Company.
     Steven Kenny became Pregis’s President, Specialty Packaging Division, effective September 1, 2008. Before joining Pregis, Mr. Kenny worked with National Starch and Chemical (a divisional company of Unilever and subsequently ICI) for 21 years, most recently serving as Corporate Vice President for the European Adhesives business from July 2005 to July 2008. Prior to that, he served as Divisional Vice President of National’s North American emulsion polymers business from September 2002 to June 2005, having previously held other general management roles in Latin America and in Europe.
     John L. Garcia became the Chairman of the board of directors of Pregis Holding II on May 18, 2005. Mr. Garcia has been Chief Executive Officer of AEA Investors LP since 2006 and President of AEA Investors LP and its predecessor since 2002 and was a Managing Director of AEA Investors Inc. from 1999 through 2002. From 1994 to 1999, Mr. Garcia was a Managing Director with Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, formerly known as Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, where he served as Global Head of the Chemicals Investment Banking Group and Head of the European Acquisition and Leveraged Finance and Financial Sponsor Groups. Before joining Credit Suisse First Boston, Mr. Garcia worked at Wertheim Schroder in New York as an investment banker and at ARCO Chemicals in research, strategic planning and commercial development. Mr. Garcia is currently a director of AEA Investors LP and Convenience Food Systems B.V.
     Glenn Fischer became a director of Pregis Holding II in October 2005 upon consummation of the Acquisition and served as our Interim Chief Executive Officer from December 1, 2005 to February 28, 2006. Mr. Fischer is an operating partner with AEA Investors LP, which he joined in 2005. From 2000 to 2005 he was President and Chief Operating Officer of Airgas, Inc., the largest U.S. distributor of industrial, medical and specialty gases, welding, safety and related products. Mr. Fischer joined Airgas after spending 19 years with The BOC Group in a wide range of positions leading to his appointment in 1997 as President of BOC Gases, North America. In addition to his responsibility for all North American operations, Mr. Fischer served on The BOC Group Executive Management Board. Prior to joining BOC in 1981, Mr. Fischer served at W.R. Grace in a variety of finance, planning and management roles. He is currently a director of Henry Corporation, Behavioral Interventions, and SRS Roofing Supply Corporation.
     Brian R. Hoesterey became a director of Pregis Holding II on May 18, 2005. Mr. Hoesterey is a partner with AEA Investors LP, which he joined in 1999. Prior to joining AEA Investors, he was with BT Capital Partners, the private equity investment vehicle of Bankers Trust. Mr. Hoesterey has also previously worked for McKinsey & Co. and the investment banking division of Morgan Stanley. He is currently a director of Henry Corporation, CPG International Inc., Unifrax Corporation, Houghton International, and SRS Roofing Supply Corporation.
     James W. Leng became a director of Pregis Holding II in October 2005 upon consummation of the Acquisition. Mr. Leng currently serves as on the boards of TNK-BP Limited, Tata Steel Limited (India), Alstom SA (France), and Doncasters Group Limited. Mr. Leng’s past appointments include Corus Group plc, Pilkington plc, Hanson plc, Laporte plc, and Low & Bonar plc.
     James D. Morris became a director of Pregis Holding II in October 2005 upon consummation of the Acquisition and served as our Chief Executive Officer from October 12, 2005 to December 31, 2005. Mr. Morris served as Senior Vice President and General Manager, Protective and Flexible Packaging for Pactiv from January 2000 until becoming our Chief Executive Officer. Prior to 2000, and since he joined Pactiv in 1995, Mr. Morris was Vice President, Manufacturing and Engineering of Pactiv’s Consumer and North American Foodservice divisions. In 1993, he became Vice President of Operations for Plastics Packaging at Mobil Corporation and served in that role until that business was acquired by Tenneco in 1995. He began his career as an engineer at Mobil Corporation in 1975.

87


Table of Contents

     John P. O’Leary, Jr. became a director of Pregis Holding II in October 2005 upon consummation of the Acquisition. Mr. O’Leary has served as President and Chairman of Kenson Plastics Inc., a specialty plastic converting company, since November 2008. Mr. O’Leary served as Senior Vice President, SCA North America, a packaging supplier, from 2002 through 2004. From 2001 through 2004, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of Tuscarora Incorporated, a wholly-owned subsidiary of SCA Packaging International B.V. and a division of SCA North America. Tuscarora is a producer and manufacturer of custom design protective packaging. Prior to SCA’s acquisition of Tuscarora, Mr. O’Leary was Tuscarora’s CEO, President, from 1989 to 2001, and its Chairman of the Board from 1992 through 2001. Mr. O’Leary currently serves on the Board of Directors of Matthews International Corp.
     Thomas J. Pryma became a director of Pregis Holding II on May 18, 2005. Mr. Pryma is a partner with AEA Investors LP, which he joined in 1999. Prior to joining AEA, Mr. Pryma worked in the Financial Sponsors and Corporate Banking Groups in the investment banking division of Merrill Lynch. He is currently a director of Unifrax Corporation, Houghton International, and Behavioral Interventions.
     James E. Rogers became a director of Pregis Holding II in October 2005 upon consummation of the Acquisition. Since 1993, Mr. Rogers has served as president of SCI Investors Inc., a private equity investment firm. From 1993 to 1996, Mr. Rogers served as Chairman of Custom Papers Group, Inc., a paper manufacturing company. From 1991 to 1993, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of Specialty Coatings International, Inc., a manufacturer of specialty paper and film products. Prior to 1991, Mr. Rogers was Senior Vice President, Group Executive of James River Corporation, a paper and packaging manufacturer. Mr. Rogers also serves as a director of Caraustar Industries, Inc., Owens & Minor, Inc., and New Market Corporation.
     On January 5, 2009, we announced that Jeff Kellar was appointed as our new President, Hexacomb, effective January 5, 2009. Mr. Kellar replaced C. William McBee, who retired from Pregis effective January 1, 2009.
Audit Committee
     The board of directors of Pregis Holding II has formed an audit committee. The members of the audit committee are Thomas J. Pryma, Brian R. Hoesterey, and Glenn Fischer. The board of directors has determined that Messrs. Pryma and Hoesterey are audit committee financial experts, based on their education and professional experience. Neither Mr. Pryma nor Mr. Hoesterey is an independent director as such term is defined by the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and The Nasdaq Stock Market.
Code of Ethics
     Pregis Corporation has adopted a code of ethics that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller and persons performing similar functions. A copy of the code of ethics has been posted on our website at www.pregis.com. In the event that we amend or waive provisions of this code of ethics with respect to such officers, we intend to also disclose the same on our website.

88


Table of Contents

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Executive Compensation
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
     General Philosophy. Our primary objectives with respect to executive compensation are to attract and retain the best possible executive talent, to tie annual and long-term cash compensation and stock option awards to achievement of measurable corporate, business unit and individual performance objectives, and to align executives’ incentives with shareholder value creation. To achieve these objectives, we expect to implement and maintain compensation plans that tie a substantial portion of executives’ overall compensation to our financial performance and the value of our common stock. Overall, the total compensation opportunity is intended to create an executive compensation program that is set at competitive levels to comparable employers. Hiring and compensation decisions for our executives were approved by the compensation committee of Pregis Holding II. The compensation committee also considered compensation programs at AEA’s other portfolio companies.
     Our senior management compensation programs consist of three primary components:
     1. Annual cash compensation. The annual cash compensation component is comprised of base salary and cash bonuses and is intended to motivate annual performance.
     Base salary. Base salaries for our executives are established based on the scope of their responsibilities, taking into account competitive market compensation paid by other companies for similar positions. Base salaries are reviewed annually, and may be adjusted from time to time to realign salaries with market levels after taking into account inflation and individual responsibilities, performance and experience.
     Similar to 2007, in 2008 certain senior executives were awarded performance-based stock options in lieu of salary increases for the years 2008 through 2010. By transitioning from fixed salary increases to variable rewards, our executives are incentivized to continue to drive company performance, with upside earnings potential if their performance targets are achieved.
     As we developed compensation programs for new executives hired in 2008, we gave consideration to the competitive marketplace (although we do not engage in formal benchmarking against a specific list of peer companies) and the compensation for these executives relative to that of their individual compensation histories and other members of our senior management.
     Annual cash bonus. Depending on our performance, a significant portion of cash compensation can be in the form of an annual cash incentive bonus based on the achievement of objective performance metrics established soon after the beginning of the year. For 2008, the performance goals for all of our senior executives, including the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, were achievement of target levels of EBITDA and of working capital as a percentage of sales. EBITDA under the annual cash incentive bonus plan is calculated as gross margin (defined as net sales, less cost of sales, excluding depreciation and amortization) less selling, general and administrative expenses. Extraordinary and non-recurring items may be added back or deducted at the discretion of the compensation committee. Working capital as used in the target performance metric is defined as trade receivables, plus inventories, less trade payables. The working capital metric uses a thirteen-month average working capital, divided by net sales for the respective fiscal year.
     Under the annual cash incentive bonus plan, the compensation committee approves a target award level and performance objectives for each executive officer. The target award level for each executive officer is generally stated as a percentage of base annual salary. The following table outlines the 2008 target bonus opportunity for our named executive officers:

89


Table of Contents

                         
            Target Bonus   2008 Cash
Name   2008 Salary   Award   Incentive Target
 
                       
Michael T. McDonnell
  $ 500,000       100 %   $ 500,000  
D. Keith LaVanway
    360,000       60 %     216,000  
Fernando De Miguel
    367,500       40 %     147,000  
Hartmut Scherf
    330,750       44.5 %     147,000 (1)
Kevin J. Baudhuin
    325,000       40 %     130,000  
C. William McBee
    275,000       40 %     110,000  
 
(1)   Mr. Scherf’s annual cash bonus target is 100,000 euro (reflected herein based on an average 2008 exchange rate of euro to U.S. dollars of 1:1.47).
     Each annual performance goal is assigned a percentage of the target award, so that attainment of the target amount of all performance objectives would entitle the executive to receive an award equal to his target level. For the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, these performance objectives were weighted 80% on the EBITDA performance of our company as a whole, and 20% based on the company’s working capital as a percentage of consolidated net sales. For our senior divisional managers, these targets were weighted 60% based on the EBITDA performance of their division, 15% based on their division’s working capital as a percentage of net sales, 20% based on the EBITDA performance of the company as a whole, and 5% based on the company’s working capital as a percentage of consolidated net sales.
     Midway through 2008, because of external factors such as the global economic slowdown and escalating raw material and energy costs which significantly impacted the company’s first half results, the compensation committee approved a special one-time bonus amendment for 2008 to link achievements in the second half of the year with opportunity for a bonus reward. Since the company undertook major pricing actions and cost reduction initiatives in response to these external challenges, the Board wanted to incentivize management on their success in executing on these initiatives. The amendment allowed for an additional calculation to be made using the second half actual performance compared to the second half target performance for both company and division performance, based on the original calendarization of the target performance. After completing both the standard full year calculation and separate second half calculation, the executive would receive the higher of the two calculations. The second half calculation would allow for achievement of one-half of the individual target bonus award.
     Our executives’ target cash incentive bonus awards for 2008 were based on achievement of the following 2008 financial targets:
                                                 
    Company Performance   Division Performance
                    Target                   Target
    Full Year   2nd Half   working capital   Full Year   2nd Half   working capital
    Target   Target   as a percentage   Target   Target   as a percentage
Name   EBITDA   EBITDA   of net sales   EBITDA   EBITDA   of net sales
 
                                               
Michael T. McDonnell
  $ 131,700     $ 73,700       15.1 %                        
D. Keith LaVanway
    131,700       73,700       15.1 %                        
Fernando De Miguel
    131,700       73,700       15.1 %   $ 39,815     $ 20,801       14.3 %
Hartmut Scherf
    131,700       73,700       15.1 %     33,323       20,108       14.5 %
Kevin J. Baudhuin
    131,700       73,700       15.1 %     39,248       22,845       13.1 %
C. William McBee
    131,700       73,700       15.1 %     21,410       11,142       8.0 %
     For the year ended December 31, 2008, only Mr. Baudhuin achieved his target bonus award, on the basis of the second-half year performance of his division. The target levels of performance are intended to be achievable when established. Our executives and divisional managers work closely with the compensation committee and board of directors to determine performance targets. In order to enhance our annual performance, the annual bonus

90


Table of Contents

opportunity increases as the performance targets are exceeded. For example, if actual performance is less than 85% of budget, no bonus is payable. If actual performance equals budget, 100% of the target bonus is payable, and if actual performance exceeds budget, the bonus is increased by two percent for every one percent increase in performance over budget. Within each target threshold, the bonus amount is interpolated based on the actual target level achieved.
     2. Pregis stock option plan. Participation in our 2005 Stock Option Plan has been offered to executives to align their interests with the long-term growth objectives of our shareholders. Under the standard option agreement, participants vest in their option awards equally over a five-year period, so the maximum value from the options cannot be achieved until five years of service has been provided, other than in the event of a change in control of our company as described below. The exercise price of options has typically been set at or above the fair market value of the underlying shares as of the date of grant. Accordingly, management is rewarded only after appreciation in the value of our common stock.
     As mentioned previously, in 2007 certain senior executives were awarded performance-based options in lieu of salary increases. Per the terms of the performance-based option agreements, the executives would vest in the option grants in three equal installments at the beginning of 2008, 2009 and 2010, if defined EBITDA performance objectives are met for each or any of the years 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2007, only Mr. Scherf met his 2007 EBITDA performance objective. In 2008 certain other senior executives were awarded performance-based options in lieu of salary increases. Per the terms of the performance-based option agreements, the executives will vest in the option grants in three equal installments at the beginning of 2009, 2010 and 2011, if defined performance objectives are met for each or any of the years 2008, 2009, and 2010, respectively. The 2008 performance objective set forth in the performance-based option grant awards corresponds to the full-year EBITDA target as established for each executive’s annual cash incentive bonus. For the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, the performance objective is the full-year EBITDA performance target established for the company as a whole. For divisional managers, the performance objective is the full-year EBITDA target established for their respective divisions. For the year ended December 31, 2008, none of the named executive officers met their 2008 full-year EBITDA performance objective. However, because of external factors such as the global economic slowdown and escalating raw material and energy costs which significantly impacted the company’s 2008 results, the compensation committee approved a one-time change to approve vesting of one-half of the 2008 performance-based options, with the second half of the 2008 performance-based options being combined with the performance-based options eligible for vesting based on 2009 EBITDA performance objectives. EBITDA performance objectives for subsequent years are established upon approval of the Company’s annual operating plan for the respective year.
     3. Pregis share purchase plan. Similar to the Stock Option Plan, the Employee Stock Purchase Plan is intended to serve as a long-term incentive to drive growth. Shares of our common stock were offered for purchase for a limited period of time subsequent to the Acquisition to a broad group of our employees in an effort to encourage employee performance, and therefore our performance, through share ownership. The shares were offered for purchase at $10,000 per share, the fair market value per share paid at the time of the Acquisition, so that employee participants would be given the opportunity to participate on equal terms with non-employee shareholders in the growth of our company. We continue to offer new executives joining the company the opportunity to purchase shares at the then-current fair market value. See “Benefit Plans—Employee Stock Purchase Plan” for the terms of this plan.
     Our senior executives are parties to employment agreements. These agreements were individually negotiated and will continue in their current forms until such time as the compensation committee determines in its discretion that revisions are advisable. In addition, consistent with our pay-for-performance compensation philosophy, we intend to continue to maintain modest executive benefits and perquisites for officers; however, the compensation committee in its discretion may revise, amend or add to an officer’s executive benefits and perquisites if it deems it advisable. We believe these benefits and perquisites are currently competitive with levels established by comparable companies. We have no current plans to make changes to either the employment agreements or levels of benefits and perquisites provided. See “Employment Agreements” for terms of the employment agreements.

91


Table of Contents

     We provide standard employee health and reimbursement benefits to our senior management which we believe is industry competitive and necessary to attract and retain key individuals. Our domestic executive officers participate in a company-sponsored 401(k) plan. The company-sponsored 401(k) plan currently matches 100% of employee contributions up to the first 1% of eligible compensation and 50% of employee contributions up to the next 5% of eligible compensation. Additionally, the company may make a discretionary profit sharing contribution of up to 4% of the executive officer’s eligible compensation, depending on our performance. Our foreign division executives participate in private pension plans to which our company makes an annual contribution, as was individually negotiated with the respective executives.
Compensation Committee Report
     The compensation committee of the Company has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with management and, based on such review and discussions, the compensation committee recommended to the board of directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this report.
THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
Thomas J. Pryma, Chairman
John L. Garcia
Brian R. Hoesterey
John P. O’Leary, Jr.

92


Table of Contents

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
     The table below summarizes compensation information for each individual who served as our chief executive officer or our chief financial officer during 2008, our next three most highly compensated executive officers serving as of December 31, 2008, and any executive officer that would have been included as one of the three most highly compensated except for the fact that he was not serving as an executive officer as of December 31, 2008.
                                                         
                                    Non-Equity        
                            Option   Incentive Plan   All Other    
Name and Principal Position   Year   Salary   Bonus   Awards(1)   Compensation(2)   Compensation   Total
Michael T. McDonnell
    2008     $ 500,000           $ 189,197           $ 11,952 (5)   $ 701,149  
President and Chief Executive Officer
    2007     $ 500,000           $ 191,114     $ 491,640     $ 4,782     $ 1,187,536  
 
    2006     $ 116,667     $ 450,000 (3)   $ 44,880           $ 162,125     $ 773,672  
 
                                                       
D. Keith LaVanway
    2008     $ 360,000           $ 276,571           $ 71,335 (6)   $ 707,906  
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
    2007     $ 105,000     $ 250,000 (4)   $ 77,832           $ 69,180     $ 502,012  
 
                                                       
Fernando De Miguel (7)
    2008     $ 367,500           $ 119,808           $ 46,993 (8)   $ 534,301  
President, Protective Packaging, Europe
    2007     $ 199,791           $ 69,724     $ 67,644     $ 27,930     $ 365,089  
 
                                                       
Hartmut Scherf (7)
    2008     $ 330,750           $ 40,228           $ 64,235 (9)   $ 435,213  
General Manager, Flexibles
    2007     $ 306,503           $ 48,022     $ 163,327     $ 56,865     $ 574,717  
 
    2006     $ 281,894           $ 40,118     $ 142,551     $ 52,299     $ 516,862  
 
                                                       
Kevin J. Baudhuin
    2008     $ 325,000           $ 173,028     $ 24,980     $ 270,080 (10)   $ 793,088  
President, Protective Packaging North America
                                                       
 
                                                       
C. William McBee
    2008     $ 275,000             $ 30,576           $ 23,952 (11)   $ 329,528  
President, Hexacomb
    2007     $ 275,000           $ 30,492     $ 94,707     $ 31,694     $ 431,893  
 
(1)   Represents the amount of compensation cost recognized for the fiscal years presented over the requisite service period with respect to awards granted in years 2006 through 2008, as computed in accordance with SFAS No. 123R. For 2005 option awards that were outstanding at the time our company adopted SFAS No. 123R, compensation cost has been estimated as if our company utilized the modified prospective transition method. A discussion of the assumptions underlying the valuation is provided in Note 17 to the audited financial statements included within this report. Expense relating to performance-based options awards granted in 2007 is reflected only for Mr. Scherf, as it was considered probable that his 2007 performance objectives would be achieved. No expense is reflected for performance-based option awards granted in 2008, as the relevant performance objectives were not achieved.
 
(2)   Represents amounts paid pursuant to non-equity incentive plans for the fiscal years presented. See “Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal Year 2008.”
 
(3)   Amount includes (i) a one-time signing bonus of $150,000 and (ii) a bonus of $300,000 representing Mr. McDonnell’s incentive bonus for 2006, which per the terms of his employment agreement would be a minimum of $275,000.
 
(4)   Amount includes (i) a one-time signing bonus of $100,000 and (ii) a bonus of $150,000 which represents the minimum incentive bonus to be paid to Mr. LaVanway for 2007, pursuant to the terms his employment agreement.
 
(5)   Amount represents 2008 matching and profit sharing contributions under the Company’s 401(k) plan.
 
(6)   Amount includes (i) reimbursement of relocation expenses and related tax gross-up of $64,485, and (ii) 2008 matching contributions under the Company’s 401(k) plan of $6,850.
 
(7)   All 2008 compensation amounts have been determined based on an average 2008 exchange rate of euro to U.S. Dollars of 1:1.47. All 2007 compensation amounts have been determined based on an average 2007 exchange rate of euro to U.S. Dollars of 1:1.37. Any 2006 compensation amounts have been determined based on an average 2006 exchange rate of euro to U.S. dollars exchange rate of 1:1.26.
 
(8)   Amount includes (i) company contributions to group defined contribution plan of $25,015 and (ii) use of company car at a cost of $21,978.
 
(9)   Amount includes (i) 2008 company contribution of $32,536 to a nonqualified defined contribution plan for the benefit of Mr. Scherf, (ii) supplemental life and occupational disability insurance premiums of $4,214, and (iii) use of company car at a cost of $27,485.
 
(10)   Amount includes (i) reimbursement of relocation expenses and related tax gross-up of $262,978, and (ii) 2008 matching contributions under the Company’s 401(k) plan of $7,102.
 
(11)   Amount includes (i) 2008 matching and profit sharing contributions under the Company’s 401(k) plan of $11,952 and (iii) a perquisite allowance of $12,000. See “Separation Agreements” section for details regarding additional payments to be made to Mr. McBee pursuant to the terms of his retirement.

93


Table of Contents

     The following table provides information about plan-based awards made to the named executive officers during fiscal 2008.
GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS IN FISCAL YEAR 2008
                                                                                 
                                                            All Other Option        
                                                            Awards: Number   Exercise or   Grant Date
                                                            of Securities   Base Price of   Fair Value
    Grant   Estimated Possible Payouts Under Non-Equity   Estimated Future Payouts Under   Underlying   Option Awards   of Options
Name   Date(1)   Incentive Plan Awards   Equity Incentive Plan Awards(4)   Options(5)   ($/Sh)   Awards(6)
            Threshold(2)   Target   Maximum   Threshold   Target   Maximum                        
Michael T. McDonnell
        $ 37,700     $ 500,000     $ 750,000 (3)                           $     $  
D. Keith LaVanway
        $ 16,286     $ 216,000     $ 324,000 (3)                                    
D. Keith LaVanway
    3/4/2008                         2.963       8.890       8.890             20,000       43,494  
Fernando De Miguel (7)
        $ 11,084     $ 147,000     $ 220,500 (3)                                    
Hartmut Scherf (7)
        $ 11,084     $ 147,000     $ 220,500 (3)                                    
Kevin J. Baudhuin
        $ 9,802     $ 130,000     $ 195,000 (3)                                    
C. William McBee
        $ 8,294     $ 110,000     $ 165,000 (3)                                    
 
(1)   These are the grant dates for the equity based awards. Annual bonus awards were made throughout 2008.
 
(2)   Represents amount of payout if threshold is attained with respect to both EBITDA and ratio of working capital to sales.
 
(3)   If actual performance is less than 85% of budget, no bonus is payable. If actual performance equals budget, 100% of target bonus is payable and if actual performance exceeds budget, the bonus is increased by two percent for every one percent increase in performance over budget. The amounts set forth in this column are the amounts payable upon achievement of 125% of budget.
 
(4)   These options were granted pursuant to the Pregis Holding I Corporation 2005 Stock Option Plan, with performance-based vesting requirements. See “Benefit Plans — 2005 Stock Option Plan.” One-third of these option grants will vest at the beginning of 2009, 2010 and 2011 if performance criteria (described in our Compensation Discussion and Analysis above) are met for any of the years 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. If performance criteria are not met for one year, the options for that year will be cancelled, but the options for the subsequent years may still vest, if performance criteria are met for either or both of those years. If performance criteria are not met for any year, no options will vest. The threshold includes the amount of options to vest if performance objectives are achieved for the 2008 year. Target and maximum amounts are based on performance being met for each of the three respective years. As discussed in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, the Company’s compensation committee modified the portion of these option awards relating to 2008 performance, to approve vesting of one-half of the 2008 performance-based options, with the second half of the 2008 performance-based options being combined with the performance-based options eligible for vesting based on 2009 performance objectives. The exercise price per share of these options was greater than or equal to the per share fair market value of the common stock of Pregis Holding I on the date of the initial grant in 2008.
 
(5)   During 2008, there were no options granted to the named executive officers pursuant to the Pregis Holding I Corporation 2005 Stock Option Plan with time vesting requirements.
 
(6)   These amounts represent the grant date fair value, computed in accordance with SFAS No. 123R, of options granted to the named executive officers in 2008. The grant date fair value was determined using a Black-Scholes valuation model in accordance with FAS 123R. A discussion of the assumptions underlying the valuation is provided in Note 17 to the audited financial statements included within this report. The fair value for performance-based options is calculated for all of the performance-based options granted in 2008 based on assumptions relevant at the date of initial grant.
 
(7)   All amounts for Messrs. Scherf and De Miguel have been determined based on an average 2008 exchange rate of euro to U.S. Dollars of 1:1.47.
Employment Agreements
     The compensation paid to our executive officers derives substantially from their individually negotiated employment agreements.
     Michael T. McDonnell
     On October 2, 2006, Michael T. McDonnell, our President and Chief Executive Officer, entered into an employment agreement, providing for a three-year term at an annual base salary of $500,000. Commencing with the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2007, Mr. McDonnell is eligible to receive an annual incentive bonus upon achievement of performance goals, consistent with the terms of the annual cash bonus plan described previously. Mr. McDonnell’s target annual bonus is 100% of his base salary. He participates in our standard benefit programs, including health, dental, life insurance and vision programs. Mr. McDonnell is entitled to severance benefits in connection with certain terminations of his employment (see “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control”). Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. McDonnell was granted an option to purchase 382.36 shares of Pregis Holding I common stock at a purchase price of $13,000 per share. The stock option grant was made pursuant to our 2005 Stock Option Plan and vests equally over five years, subject to accelerated vesting upon a

94


Table of Contents

change in control of our company. Under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. McDonnell also purchased 30 shares of the common stock of Pregis Holding I Corporation, pursuant to the terms of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Mr. McDonnell is also a party to a noncompetition agreement that restricts him for one year following his termination of employment from rendering any services to a competitor or soliciting our customers or employees.
     D. Keith LaVanway
     On August 15, 2007, D. Keith LaVanway, our Chief Financial Officer, entered into an employment agreement providing for a three-year term at an annual base salary of $360,000, with employment to commence no later than September 4, 2007. Commencing with the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2008, Mr. LaVanway is eligible to receive an annual incentive bonus upon achievement of performance goals, consistent with the terms of the annual cash bonus plan described previously. Mr. LaVanway’s target annual bonus is 60% of his base salary. In addition, Mr. LaVanway was eligible to receive a temporary housing allowance of $5,000 per month and reimbursement of reasonable related costs until he relocated to the Chicago, Illinois area. He participates in our standard benefit programs, including health, dental, life insurance and vision programs. Mr. LaVanway is entitled to severance benefits in connection with certain terminations of his employment (see “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control”). Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. LaVanway was granted an option to purchase 200.00 shares of Pregis Holding I common stock at a purchase price of $20,000 per share. The stock option grant was made pursuant to our 2005 Stock Option Plan and vests equally over five years, subject to accelerated vesting upon a change in control of our company. Under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. LaVanway also purchased 25 shares of the common stock of Pregis Holding I Corporation, pursuant to the terms of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Mr. LaVanway is also a party to a noncompetition agreement that restricts him for one year following his termination of employment from rendering any services to a competitor or soliciting our customers or employees.
     Fernando De Miguel
     Fernando De Miguel, President, Protective Packaging Europe, entered into an employment agreement, effective June 1, 2007, providing for an annual salary of 250,000. Mr. De Miguel is eligible to receive an annual incentive bonus upon achievement of performance goals, consistent with the terms of the annual cash bonus plan described previously. Mr. De Miguel’s target annual bonus is 40% of his base salary. Mr. De Miguel is provided with the use of an automobile and is eligible for group insurance benefits. Mr. De Miguel’s agreement requires twelve months notice (or a payment of 250,000 in lieu thereof) prior to a termination and he is subject to a noncompetition covenant for a period of twelve months following termination of his employment. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. De Miguel was granted an option to purchase 132.16 shares of Pregis Holding I common stock at a purchase price of $13,000 per share. The stock option grant was made pursuant to our 2005 Stock Option Plan and vests equally over five years, subject to accelerated vesting upon a change in control of our company.
     Hartmut Scherf
     Hartmut Scherf, General Manager, Flexibles, entered into an employment agreement providing for an annual salary of 225,000. Mr. Scherf is eligible to receive an annual incentive bonus upon achievement of performance goals, consistent with the terms of the annual cash bonus plan described previously. Mr. Scherf’s target annual bonus is 100,000. Mr. Scherf is provided with the use of an automobile and an accident insurance policy. Mr. Scherf’s agreement requires six months notice (or our payment of six months of base salary in lieu thereof) prior to a termination and he is subject to a noncompetition covenant for a period of twelve months following termination of his employment. In 2008, Mr. Scherf deferred compensation pursuant to a noncontributory nonqualified defined contribution benefit plan (see “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation”). Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Scherf was granted an option to purchase 82.77 shares of Pregis Holding I common stock at a purchase price of $13,000 per share. The stock option grant was made pursuant to our 2005 Stock Option Plan and vests equally over five years, subject to accelerated vesting upon a change in control of our company.

95


Table of Contents

     Kevin J. Baudhuin
     On December 11, 2007, Kevin J. Baudhuin, President, Protective Packaging North America, entered into an employment agreement providing for a three-year term, under which his current annual base salary is $325,000. Mr. Baudhuin is also eligible to receive an annual incentive bonus upon achievement of performance goals, consistent with the terms of the annual cash bonus plan described previously. Mr. Baudhuin’s target annual bonus is 40% of his base salary. Mr. Baudhuin is entitled to severance benefits in connection with certain terminations of his employment (see “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control”). In addition, Mr. Baudhuin was eligible to receive a temporary housing allowance of $5,000 per month for six months and reimbursement of reasonable related costs until he relocated to the Chicago, Illinois area. He participates in our company’s benefit programs, including health, dental, life insurance and vision programs. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Baudhuin was granted an option to purchase 132.16 shares of Pregis Holding I common stock at a purchase price of $20,000 per share. The stock option grant was made pursuant to our 2005 Stock Option Plan, and vests equally over five years, subject to accelerated vesting upon a change in control of our company. Mr. Baudhuin is also a party to a noncompetition agreement that restricts him for one year following his termination of employment from rendering any services to a competitor or soliciting our customers or employees.
Separation Agreements
     C. William McBee, our former President, Hexacomb, separated from Pregis effective January 1, 2009. According to the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. McBee will receive (i) an amount equal to his base salary of $275,000, payable over a twelve-month period following his date of separation and (ii) continued medical benefits for the twelve month period immediately following his separation at an estimated cost of $7,261. In consideration of his separation benefits, Mr. McBee executed a standard release in favor of our company and continues to be subject to a noncompetition agreement which restricts him for one year following his termination of employment from rendering any services to a competitor or soliciting our customers or employees.
Benefit Plans
     2005 Stock Option Plan
     On December 20, 2005, Pregis Holding I ratified the Pregis Holding I Corporation 2005 Stock Option Plan to provide for the grant of nonqualified and incentive stock options to key employees, consultants and directors of Pregis Holding I and its subsidiaries (including Pregis) and affiliates. The maximum number of shares of Pregis Holding I common stock underlying the options that are available for award under the stock option plan is 2,091.62. If any options terminate or expire unexercised, the shares subject to such unexercised options will again be available for grant.
     The stock option plan is administered by a committee of the board of directors of Pregis Holding I. Generally, the committee interprets and implements the stock option plan, grants options, exercises all powers, authority and discretion of the board under the stock option plan, and determines the terms and conditions of option grants, including vesting provisions, exercise price and termination date of options.
     Each option is evidenced by an agreement between an optionee and Pregis Holding I containing such terms as the committee determines. Unless determined otherwise by the committee, 20% of the shares subject to the option vest on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant date subject to continued employment. In 2007, the committee modified the vesting terms for certain option grants to require vesting equally over three years, dependant upon achieving certain performance-based targets. The committee may accelerate the vesting of options at any time. Unless determined otherwise by the committee, the option price will not be less than the fair market value of the underlying shares on the grant date. Generally, unless otherwise set forth in an agreement or as determined by the committee, vested options will terminate forty-five days after termination of employment (180 days in the event of termination by reason of death or disability).

96


Table of Contents

     In the event of a transaction that constitutes a change in control of Pregis Holding I as described in the stock option plan, unless otherwise set forth in an agreement or as determined by the committee, each outstanding option will vest immediately prior to the occurrence of the transaction, and Pregis Holding I will have the right to cancel any options which have not been exercised as of the date of the transaction, subject to payment of the fair market value of the common stock underlying the option less the aggregate exercise price of the option.
     The stock option plan provides that the aggregate number of shares subject to the stock option plan and any option, the purchase price to be paid upon exercise of an option, and the amount to be received in connection with the exercise of any option may be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock splits, reverse stock splits or dividends paid in the form of Pregis Holding I common stock, and equitably adjusted as determined by the committee for any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Pregis Holding I common stock resulting from the subdivision or combination of shares or other capital adjustments, or the payment of any other stock dividend or other extraordinary dividend, or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of Pregis Holding I common stock.
     The Pregis Holding I board of directors may amend, alter, or terminate the stock option plan. Any board action may not adversely alter outstanding options without the consent of the optionee. The stock option plan will terminate ten years from its effective date, but all outstanding options will remain effective until satisfied or terminated under the terms of the stock option plan.
     Employee Stock Purchase Plan
     On December 20, 2005, Pregis Holding I adopted the Pregis Holding I Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan to provide key employees of Pregis Holding I and its subsidiaries (including Pregis) an opportunity to purchase shares of Pregis Holding I common stock. The purchase price per share of stock sold under the plan when it was initiated was $10,000, which is the price per share that AEA Investors LP and its affiliates paid when they purchased Pregis Holding I. We have continued to offer new executives joining the company the opportunity to purchase shares at the then-current fair market value. Employees who desire to participate in the plan are required to purchase at least 0.25 shares.
     Shares of stock sold under the plan are evidenced by a subscription agreement between a subscriber and Pregis Holding I which contains terms and conditions regarding the ownership of shares sold under the plan. The subscription agreement contains standard transfer restrictions. In addition, if a subscriber’s employment with our company is terminated, Pregis Holding I generally has the opportunity to purchase all of the subscriber’s shares purchased under the plan at the then-current fair market value of the shares, or at cost in certain circumstances.

97


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth information concerning outstanding awards of options to purchase shares of common stock of Pregis Holding I which have been granted to the named executive officers as of December 31, 2008.
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT 2008 FISCAL YEAR END
                                         
                    Equity Incentive Plan              
    Number of Securities     Number of Securities     Awards: Number of              
    Underlying     Underlying     Securities Underlying              
    Unexercised Options     Unexercised Options     Unexercised     Option Exercise     Option Expiration  
Name   (#) Exercisable     (#) Unexercisable(1)     Unearned Options (#)     Price     Date  
 
                                       
Michael T. McDonnell
    152.944       229.416 (4)           $ 13,000       10/2/2016  
Michael T. McDonnell
                    8.645 (2)     13,000       2/27/2017  
D. Keith LaVanway
    40.00       160.00 (5)             20,000       8/15/2017  
D. Keith LaVanway
                    8.89 (3)     20,000       3/4/2018  
Fernando De Miguel
    26.432       105.728 6)             13,000       6/1/2017  
Fernando De Miguel
                    5.619 (2)     13,000       6/1/2017  
Hartmut Scherf
    49.662       33.108 (7)             13,000       10/12/2015  
Hartmut Scherf
    2.528               5.056 (2)     13,000       2/27/2017  
Kevin J. Baudhuin
    26.432       105.728 (8)             20,000       12/12/2017  
C. William McBee
    37.746 (9)                     13,000       10/12/2015  
 
(1)   Unvested stock options vest fully upon a change in control of our company.
 
(2)   Represents the outstanding unearned portion of performance-based options granted in 2007, which may vest one-half at the beginning of 2009 or 2010, if the performance objectives established for 2008 and/or 2009, respectively, are achieved. As discussed in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, the Company’s compensation committee modified the portion of these option awards relating to 2008 performance, to approve vesting of one-half of the 2008 performance-based options, with the second half of the 2008 performance-based options being combined with the performance-based options eligible for vesting based on 2009 performance objectives.
 
(3)   Represents the number of performance-based options granted in 2008, which may vest one-third at the beginning of 2009, 2010 and/or 2011, if the performance objectives established for 2008, 2009, and/or 2010, respectively, are achieved. As discussed in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, the Company’s compensation committee modified the portion of these option awards relating to 2008 performance, to approve vesting of one-half of the 2008 performance-based options, with the second half of the 2008 performance-based options being combined with the performance-based options eligible for vesting based on 2009 performance objectives.
 
(4)   Vest in equal installments on each of the next three anniversaries of October 6, 2008.
 
(5)   Vest in equal installments on each of the next four anniversaries of September 19, 2008.
 
(6)   Vest in equal installments on each of the next four anniversaries of June 1, 2008.
 
(7)   Vest in equal installments on each of the next three anniversaries of October 12, 2008.
 
(8)   Vest in equal installments on each of the next four anniversaries of December 12, 2008.
 
(9)   Amount represents the vested portion of Mr. McBee’s option awards at the time of his separation from the Company. According to the terms of his separation agreement, Mr. McBee has until such time that the Company undergoes a change of control transaction to exercise these grants.

98


Table of Contents

Option Exercises
     As of December 31, 2008, none of our named executive officers had exercised options to acquire our stock.
Pension Benefits
     None of our named executive officers participate in Company-sponsored defined benefit plans or post-retirement benefit plans.
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
     Mr. Scherf participates in a noncontributory, nonqualified defined contribution plan exclusively for his benefit. The company makes a fixed annual contribution of 25,000 euros to fund the plan as well as pays supplemental life insurance and occupational disability insurance premiums. Annual contributions are to be made until Mr. Scherf reaches normal retirement age of 65 or his employment with our company ceases, whichever occurs sooner, at which time he has the option to receive a lump-sum distribution or monthly payments.
NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION
                                         
    Executive   Registrant   Aggregate   Aggregate   Aggregate
    Contributions   Contributions in   Earnings in Last   Withdrawals /   Balance at Last
Name   in Last FY ($)   Last FY ($)   FY ($)   Distributions ($)   FYE ($)
 
                                       
Hartmut Scherf(1)
          $ 32,536 (2)   $ 137,751 (3)       $ 170,286  
 
(1)   Calculated based on an average 2008 exchange rate of euro to U.S. dollars of 1:1.47.
 
(2)   Amount is included within all other compensation in the Summary Compensation Table.
 
(3)   Amount includes foreign currency translation gain of $8,776.
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
     The following sets forth potential payments to our named executive officers upon termination of employment or upon a change in control under their employment agreements and our other compensation programs. All payments assume a termination and change in control date of December 31, 2008 and an estimated value per share of approximately $17,500 as of December 31, 2008. The estimated value per share is based on an estimated enterprise value of the Company determined using an EBITDA multiple of approximately 6.50 times, which approximates a current comparable market multiple of EBITDA.
     Michael T. McDonnell
     Pursuant to his employment agreement, if Mr. McDonnell were terminated without “cause” (as defined in the employment agreement), if he were to terminate his employment for “good reason” (as defined in the employment agreement), or if the term of his employment were not renewed, Mr. McDonnell would be entitled to (A) a cash payment of $500,000, payable over twelve months, (B) an incentive bonus for the year of termination, which at target performance would equal $500,000, (C) all accrued but unpaid amounts payable under his employment agreement and any other employee benefit plan and (D) the continuation of medical benefits until the earlier of one year following termination at a cost of $7,261and the date Mr. McDonnell becomes eligible for medical benefits from a subsequent employer. Pursuant to his employment agreement, if Mr. McDonnell were terminated as a result of his death or disability (as defined in the employment agreement), Mr. McDonnell, his estate or legal representative, as the case may be, would be entitled to all amounts accrued to the date of termination and payable

99


Table of Contents

to Mr. McDonnell per the terms of the employment agreement and under any other bonus, incentive or other plan, at the same time such payments would be made if he had terminated without “cause” or for “good reason.” Our obligation to provide the termination payment, the incentive bonus and the continued medical benefits is conditioned upon Mr. McDonnell’s continued compliance with his obligations under a noncompetition agreement and the execution by Mr. McDonnell of a release of claims. The provisions of the noncompetition agreement pertaining to noncompetition and nonsolicitation apply for one year following Mr. McDonnell’s termination of employment. Assuming that a change in control took place on December 31, 2008 and vesting of all of Mr. McDonnell’s outstanding unvested option grants accelerated, the excess of the estimated value of the company shares over the exercise price of the options would be approximately $1,071,000.
     D. Keith LaVanway
     Pursuant to his employment agreement, if Mr. LaVanway were terminated without “cause” (as defined in the employment agreement), or if the term of his employment were not renewed, Mr. LaVanway would be entitled to (A) a cash payment of $360,000, payable over twelve months, (B) an incentive bonus for the year of termination, which at target performance would equal $216,000, (C) all accrued but unpaid amounts payable under his employment agreement and any other employee benefit plan and (D) the continuation of medical benefits until the earlier of one year following termination at a cost of $7,261 and the date Mr. LaVanway becomes eligible for medical benefits from a subsequent employer. Pursuant to his employment agreement, if Mr. LaVanway were terminated as a result of his death or disability (as defined in the employment agreement), Mr. LaVanway, his estate or legal representative, as the case may be, would be entitled to all amounts accrued to the date of termination and payable to Mr. LaVanway per the terms of the employment agreement and under any other bonus, incentive or other plan. Our obligation to provide the termination payment, the incentive bonus and the continued medical benefits is conditioned upon Mr. LaVanway’s continued compliance with his obligations under a noncompetition agreement and the execution by Mr. LaVanway of a release of claims. The provisions of the noncompetition agreement pertaining to noncompetition and nonsolicitation apply for one year following Mr. LaVanway’s termination of employment. In addition, Mr. LaVanway holds options to acquire our common stock that vest upon a change in control as defined in the 2005 Stock Option Plan. Assuming that a change in control took place on December 31, 2008, these options would not be in the money.
     Fernando De Miguel
     If Mr. De Miguel is terminated by us without twelve months prior written notice, he will receive a lump-sum payment equal to twelve-months of his base salary, equal to $367,500. Assuming that a change in control took place on December 31, 2008 and vesting of all of Mr. De Miguel’s outstanding unvested option grants accelerated, the excess of the estimated value of the company shares over the exercise price of the options would be approximately $501,000.
     Hartmut Scherf
     If Mr. Scherf is terminated by us without six months prior written notice, he will receive a lump-sum payment equal to six months of his base salary, equal to $165,375. Assuming that a change in control took place on December 31, 2008 and vesting of all of Mr. Scherf’s outstanding unvested option grants accelerated, the excess of the estimated value of the company shares over the exercise price of the options would be approximately $172,000.
     Kevin J. Baudhuin
     Pursuant to his employment agreement, if Mr. Baudhuin were terminated without “cause” (as defined in the employment agreement), he would be entitled to (A) a cash payment of $325,000, payable over twelve months, (B) an incentive bonus for the year of termination, which at target performance would equal $130,000 and (C) all accrued but unpaid amounts payable under his employment agreement and any other employee benefit plan. Pursuant to his employment agreement, if Mr. Baudhuin were terminated as a result of his death or disability (as defined in the employment agreement), Mr. Baudhuin, his estate or legal representative, as the case may be, would be entitled to all amounts accrued to the date of termination and payable to Mr. Baudhuin per the terms of the

100


Table of Contents

employment agreement and under any other bonus, incentive or other plan. Our obligation to provide the termination payment and the incentive bonus is conditioned upon Mr. Baudhuin’s continued compliance with his obligations under a noncompetition agreement and the execution by Mr. Baudhuin of a release of claims. The provisions of the noncompetition agreement pertaining to noncompetition and nonsolicitation apply for one year following Mr. Baudhuin’s termination of employment. In addition, Mr. Baudhuin holds options to acquire our common stock that vest upon a change in control as defined in the 2005 Stock Option Plan. Assuming that a change in control took place on December 31, 2008, these options would not be in the money.
     C. William McBee
     C. William McBee, our former President, Hexacomb, separated from Pregis effective January 1, 2009. According to the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. McBee will receive (i) an amount equal to his base salary of $275,000, payable over a twelve-month period following his date of separation and (ii) continued medical benefits for the twelve month period immediately following his separation at an estimated cost of $7,261. In consideration of his separation benefits, Mr. McBee executed a standard release in favor of our company and continues to be subject to a noncompetition agreement which restricts him for one year following his termination of employment from rendering any services to a competitor or soliciting our customers or employees.
Director Compensation
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION FOR 2008
                                                 
                    Non-Equity            
    Fees Earned or           Incentive Plan   Change in   All Other    
Name   Paid in Cash   Option Awards(1)   Compensation   Pension Value   Compensation   Total
 
                                               
James W. Leng
        $ 20,112 (3)                     $ 20,112  
James D. Morris
          20,112 (3)                       20,112  
John P. O’Leary, Jr.
          20,112 (3)                       20,112  
James E. Rogers
          20,112 (3)                       20,112  
Glenn Fischer, Brian R. Hoesterey, Thomas J. Pryma
                                   
Michael T. McDonnell(2)
                                   
 
(1)   During 2005, each of Messrs. Leng, Morris, O’Leary, Jr. and Rogers were granted an option to acquire 41.380 shares of Pregis Holding I common stock at an exercise price of $13,000 per share vesting in equal installments over five years. The grant date fair value for each grant totaled $100,283, computed in accordance with SFAS No. 123R. The amount shown represents the amount of compensation cost that would be recognized for fiscal 2008 as computed in accordance with SFAS No. 123R utilizing the modified prospective transition method. A discussion of the assumptions underlying the valuation is provided in Note 17 to the audited financial statements included within this report.
 
(2)   Mr. McDonnell received no compensation for serving as a director. See the “Summary Compensation Table” for amounts paid to him as compensation for serving as President and Chief Executive Officer.
     None of our directors currently receive any cash compensation for their services on the board of directors or any committee of the board of directors. The Company currently reimburses them for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the performance of their duties as directors.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
     The board of directors of Pregis Holding II has formed a compensation committee. The members of the committee are Messrs. Pryma, Garcia, Hoesterey, and O’Leary. During fiscal 2008 none of the members of the compensation committee was an officer or employee of Pregis Holding II or any of its subsidiaries. Messrs. Pryma, Garcia and Hoesterey are partners of AEA Investors LP. See Item 13, “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence — AEA Investors.”

101


Table of Contents

ITEM 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
     All of our issued and outstanding common stock is held by Pregis Holding I Corporation. The following table sets forth information, as of December 31, 2008, with respect to the beneficial ownership of Pregis Holding I by (a) any person or group who will beneficially own more than five percent of the outstanding common stock of Pregis Holding I, (b) each of the directors of Pregis and Pregis Holding II and the executive officers of Pregis and Pregis Holding II named in Item 11, “Executive Compensation” and (c) all of the directors of Pregis and Pregis Holding II and the executive officers of Pregis and Pregis Holding II as a group.
         
    Number of Shares    
    of Common Stock   Percent of
    Beneficially   Outstanding Common
Name of Beneficial Owner:   Owned(1)   Stock
AEA Investors(2)
  14,900   98.0%
Michael T. McDonnell(3)
  30   *
D. Keith LaVanway(4)
  25   *
Fernando De Miguel(5)
  30   *
Kevin J. Baudhuin(6)
  30   *
Hartmut Scherf(7)
  5   *
C. William McBee(8)
  20  
John L. Garcia(9)
   
Glenn Fischer(9)
   
Brian R. Hoesterey(9)
   
James W. Leng(10)
   
John P. O’Leary, Jr.(10)
   
James D. Morris(10)
  15   *
Thomas J. Pryma(9)
   
James E. Rogers(10)
   
All directors and executive officers as a group 17 persons)(11)
  175   1.2%
 
*   Represents ownership of less than one percent.
 
(1)   As used in this table, each person or entity with the power to vote or direct the disposition of shares of common stock is deemed to be a beneficial owner.
 
(2)   Consists of shares of common stock held by investment vehicles managed by AEA Investors LP and AEA Management (Cayman) Ltd. The address for AEA Investors LP is 55 East 52nd Street, New York, New York 10055. The address for AEA Management (Cayman) Ltd. is c/o Walkers SPV Limited, P.O. Box 908GT, George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands.
 
(3)   Does not include approximately 391 shares of common stock subject to options which have been granted, of which 153 are exercisable.
 
(4)   Does not include approximately 209 shares of common stock subject to options which have been granted, of which 40 are exercisable.
 
(5)   Does not include approximately 138 shares of common stock subject to options which have been granted, of which 26 are exercisable.
 
(6)   Does not include approximately 132 shares of common stock subject to options which have been granted, of which 26 are exercisable.
 
(7)   Does not include approximately 90 shares of common stock subject to options which have been granted, of which 52 are exercisable.

102


Table of Contents

(8)   Does not include approximately 38 shares of common stock subject to options which have been granted, all of which are exercisable.
 
(9)   Messrs. Garcia, Fischer, Hoesterey and Pryma serve on the board of directors of Pregis Holding II as representatives of AEA Investors LP. Mr. Garcia is President of AEA Investors LP, Messrs. Hoesterey and Pryma are partners of AEA Investors LP and Mr. Fischer is an operating partner of AEA Investors LP. Messrs. Garcia, Fischer, Hoesterey and Pryma disclaim beneficial ownership of common stock owned by investment vehicles managed by AEA Investors LP and AEA Management (Cayman) Ltd., except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interests therein.
 
(10)   Does not include approximately 41 shares of common stock subject to options which have been granted, of which 25 are exercisable.
 
(11)   Does not include approximately 1,357 shares of common stock subject to options which have been granted, of which 447 are exercisable. Also excludes shares held by investment vehicles managed by AEA Investors LP and AEA Management (Cayman) Ltd. Messrs. Garcia, Fischer, Hoesterey and Pryma serve on the board of directors of Pregis Holding II as representatives of AEA Investors LP. Mr. Garcia is President of AEA Investors LP, Messrs. Hoesterey and Pryma are partners of AEA Investors LP and Mr. Fischer is an operating partner of AEA Investors LP. Messrs. Garcia, Fischer, Hoesterey and Pryma disclaim beneficial ownership of common stock owned by investment vehicles managed by AEA Investors LP and AEA Management (Cayman) Ltd., except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interests therein.
     The following table summarizes information, as of December 31, 2008, relating to equity compensation plans of Pregis Holding I pursuant to which grants of options, restricted stock, or certain other rights to acquire shares of Pregis Holding I may be granted from time to time.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
             
            (c)
            Number of securities
            remaining available for
    (a)   (b)   future issuance under
    Number of securities to   Weighted-average   equity compensation
    be issued upon exercise of   exercise price of   plans (excluding
    outstanding options,   outstanding options,   securities reflected in
Plan category   warrants and rights   warrants and rights   column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
  2,091.62   $15,782/share   147.0
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
  N/A   N/A   N/A
 
           
Total
  2,091.62   $15,782/share   147.0
 
           

103


Table of Contents

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Policies for Review and Approval of Related Party Transactions
     We have adopted a formal written policy regarding the review and approval of related party transactions. In accordance with this policy, our audit committee must review all such transactions, and may approve related party transactions if the audit committee determines that they are on terms, including levels of service and quality, that are at least as favorable to our company as could be obtained from unaffiliated parties.
AEA Investors
     We are party to a management agreement with AEA Investors LP relating to the provision of advisory and consulting services. Under the management agreement, we pay AEA Investors LP an annual fee of $1.5 million, plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. We also agreed to indemnify AEA Investors LP and its affiliates for liabilities arising from their actions under the management agreement. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we paid fees, and related expenses, to AEA Investors of $1.7 million, $1.9 million and $1.8 million, respectively, pursuant to this agreement. We believe that the management agreement and the services above mentioned are or were on terms at least as favorable to us as we would expect to negotiate with unrelated third parties.
Other Related Party Transactions
     The Company had sales to affiliates of AEA Investors LP totaling $0.4 million, $3.5 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. For the same periods, the Company made purchases from affiliates of AEA Investors LP totaling $11.9 million, $8.0 million and $4.5 million, respectively.
Board of Directors
     The board of directors of Pregis Holding II consists of 9 members, including four members who are representatives of AEA Investors, Messrs. Garcia, Fischer, Hoesterey and Pryma, and three members who are investors in AEA Investors funds, Messrs. Leng, O’Leary, Jr., and Rogers.
     As a private company, whose securities are not listed on any national securities exchange, Pregis Holding II is not required to have a majority of, or any, independent directors. Further, even if Pregis Holding II were listed on a national securities exchange, because AEA Investors owns more than 50% of the common stock of Pregis Holding I, and Pregis Holding I owns all of the common stock of Pregis Holding II, Pregis Holding II would be deemed a “controlled company” under the rules of the NYSE and Nasdaq, and, therefore, would not need to have a majority of independent directors or all-independent compensation and nominating committees. However, the rules of the SEC require us to disclose in this Form 10-K which of our directors would be considered independent within the meaning of the rules of a national securities exchange that we may choose. Pregis Holding II currently has three directors who would be considered independent within the definitions of either the NYSE or Nasdaq: Messrs. Leng, O’Leary and Rogers. Four of our directors are partners of AEA Investors: Messrs. Garcia, Fischer, Hoesterey and Pryma. One of our directors is our CEO (Michael McDonnell) and one of our directors was our CEO during a part of the last three years (James Morris).

104


Table of Contents

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
     The following table presents by category of service the total fees for services rendered by Ernst & Young LLP, the Company’s principal accountant, for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (dollars in thousands)  
 
               
Audit Fees (1)
  $ 2,601     $ 3,282  
Audit-Related Fees
           
Tax Fees (2)
    26       186  
All Other Fees
           
 
           
 
               
 
  $ 2,627     $ 3,468  
 
           
 
(1)   Includes fees for professional services rendered in connection with the audit of the Company’s annual combined and consolidated financial statements, as well as other statutory audit services. Amount also includes fees for reviews of quarterly financial statements, and consents and reviews of documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
(2)   Tax fees for 2008 include primarily foreign tax compliance services, and tax fees for 2007 include primarily tax planning and structuring advice related to transfer pricing matters and acquisitions.
     Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures
     The Audit Committee annually engages and pre-approves the audit and audit-related services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm, for the following year, to assure that the provision of such services does not impair the auditor’s independence. All allowable non-audit services are regularly required to be specifically identified and submitted to the Audit Committee for approval during regularly scheduled meetings.
     For 2008, the Audit Committee discussed the non-audit services with Ernst & Young LLP and management to determine that they are permitted under the rules and regulations concerning auditor independence promulgated by the SEC and Public Accounting Oversight Board. Following such discussions, the Audit Committee determined that the provision of such non-audit services by Ernst & Young LLP was compatible with maintaining their independence.

105


Table of Contents

PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
  (a)   Documents Filed as Part of this Annual Report:
  1.   Financial Statements.
 
      See Index to Financial Statements on page 43 of this report.
 
  2.   Financial Statement Schedules.
 
      See Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Allowances on page 84 of this report. All other schedules are not required under the relevant instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.
 
  3.   List of Exhibits.
 
      See Exhibit Index beginning on page 108 of this report.

106


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
         
  PREGIS HOLDING II CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael T. McDonnell    
    Michael T. McDonnell   
    President, Chief Executive Officer   
 
Date: March 27, 2009
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacity and on the dates indicated.
         
Signature   Title   Date
 
       
/s/ Michael T. McDonnell
 
Michael T. McDonnell
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(principal executive officer)
  March 27, 2009
 
       
/s/ D. Keith LaVanway
  Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   March 27, 2009
 
D. Keith LaVanway
  (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)    
 
       
/s/ John L. Garcia
  Director   March 27, 2009
         
John L. Garcia
       
 
       
/s/ Glenn Fischer
  Director   March 19, 2009
         
Glenn Fischer
       
 
       
/s/ Brian R. Hoesterey
  Director   March 27, 2009
         
Brian R. Hoesterey
       
 
       
/s/ James W. Leng
  Director   March 27, 2009
         
James W. Leng
       
 
       
/s/ John P. O’Leary, Jr.
  Director   March 27, 2009
         
John P. O’Leary, Jr.
       
 
       
/s/ James D. Morris
  Director   March 23, 2009
         
James D. Morris
       
 
       
/s/ Thomas J. Pryma
  Director   March 18, 2009
         
Thomas J. Pryma
       
 
       
/s/ James E. Rogers
  Director   March 27, 2009
         
James E. Rogers
       

107


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
2.1
  Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2005, as amended, among Pactiv Corporation and certain of its affiliates, as sellers, and PFP Holding II Corporation, as purchaser. (1)
 
   
2.2
  Sale and Purchase Agreement dated as of July 4, 2007 between Mirto Trading LTD, Mr. Birliba Mihai, Ms. Olariu Angelica, Mr. Mitrea Florin, Pro Logistics S.R.L, and Pregis GmbH. (6)
 
   
3.1
  Certificate of Incorporation of Pregis Holding II Corporation. (1)
 
   
3.2
  By-laws of Pregis Holding II Corporation. (1)
 
   
4.1
  Indenture, dated October 12, 2005, among Pregis Corporation, Pregis Holding II Corporation, Pregis Management Corporation, Pregis Innovative Packaging Inc., Hexacomb Corporation, The Bank of New York, as trustee and collateral agent, The Bank of New York, as registrar and paying agent, and RSM Robson Rhodes LLP, as Irish paying agent. (1)
 
   
4.2
  Indenture, dated October 12, 2005, among Pregis Corporation, Pregis Holding II Corporation, Pregis Management Corporation, Pregis Innovative Packaging Inc., Hexacomb Corporation, and The Bank of New York, as trustee. (1)
 
   
4.3
  Form of Initial Notes and Form of Exchange Notes (included within the Indentures filed as Exhibit 4.1 and Exhibit 4.2). (1)
 
   
10.1
  Credit Agreement, dated October 12, 2005, among Pregis Corporation, Pregis Holding II Corporation, Pregis Management Corporation, Pregis Innovative Packaging Inc., Hexacomb Corporation, the several banks, other financial institutions and related funds as may from time to time become parties thereto, Credit Suisse, as collateral agent and administrative agent, Lehman Brothers Inc., as syndication agent, and CIT Lending Services, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as co-documentation agents. (1)
 
   
10.1(a)
  Waiver Letter No. 2 and Amendment No. 1, dated as of May 31, 2006, to Credit Agreement, dated October 12, 2005, among Pregis Corporation and Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, as Agent and as a Lender. (2)
 
   
10.2
  First Lien Security Agreement, dated October 12, 2005, by Pregis Corporation, Pregis Holding II Corporation, Pregis Management Corporation, Pregis Innovative Packaging Inc., and Hexacomb Corporation, to Credit Suisse, as collateral agent. (1)
 
   
10.3
  Second Lien Security Agreement, dated October 12, 2005, by Pregis Corporation, Pregis Holding II Corporation, Pregis Management Corporation, Pregis Innovative Packaging Inc., and Hexacomb Corporation, to The Bank of New York, as trustee and collateral agent. (1)
 
   
10.4
  Senior Pledge Agreement, dated October 12, 2005, between Pregis Corporation, as pledgor, and Credit Suisse, as security agent. (1)
 
   
10.5
  Subordinated Pledge Agreement, dated October 12, 2005, between Pregis Corporation, as pledgor, and The Bank of New York, as security agent. (1)

108


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
10.6
  First Lien Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated October 12, 2005, by Pregis Corporation, Pregis Holding II Corporation, Pregis Management Corporation, Pregis Innovative Packaging Inc., Hexacomb Corporation, to Credit Suisse, as collateral agent. (1)
 
   
10.7
  Second Lien Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated October 12, 2005, by Pregis Corporation, Pregis Holding II Corporation, Pregis Management Corporation, Pregis Innovative Packaging Inc., Hexacomb Corporation, to The Bank of New York, as trustee. (1)
 
   
10.8
  Management Agreement, dated October 12, 2005, by and between Pregis Corporation and AEA Investors LLC. (1)
 
   
10.9
  Separation and Consulting Agreement, dated November 30, 2005, by James D. Morris and Pregis Holding I Corporation, Pregis Holding II Corporation, Pregis Corporation, Pregis Innovative Packaging Inc., and Hexacomb Corporation. (1)
 
   
10.10
  Separation Agreement and Release, dated November 30, 2005, by Kevin J. Corcoran and Pregis Holding I Corporation, Pregis Holding II Corporation, Pregis Corporation, Pregis Innovative Packaging Inc., Pregis Management Corporation, and Hexacomb Corporation. (1)
 
   
10.11
  Pregis Holding I Corporation 2005 Stock Option Plan. (1)
 
   
10.12
  Form of Time-Vesting Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement. (1)
 
   
10.13
  Form of Performance-Vesting Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (5)
 
   
10.14
  Pregis Holding I Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan. (1)
 
   
10.15
  Form of Pregis Holding I Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan Employee Subscription Agreement. (1)
 
   
10.16
  Employment Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, by and among Pregis Holding I Corporation and Pregis Holding II Corporation and Pregis Corporation and Vincent P. Langone. (1)
 
   
10.17
  Employment Agreement, dated April 12, 2006, by and among Pregis Holding I Corporation and Pregis Holding II Corporation and Pregis Corporation and Timothy J. Cunningham, Noncompetition Agreement, dated April 12, 2006, by and between Pregis Holding I Corporation and Timothy J. Cunningham and Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, dated April 12, 2006, between Pregis Holding I Corporation and Timothy J. Cunningham. (2)
 
   
10.18
  Employment Agreement, dated October 2, 2006, by and among Pregis Holding I Corporation and Pregis Holding II Corporation and Pregis Corporation and Michael T. McDonnell, Noncompetition Agreement, dated October 2, 2006, by and between Pregis Holding I Corporation and Michael T. McDonnell, Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, dated October 2, 2006, between Pregis Holding I Corporation and Michael T. McDonnell, and Executive Subscription Agreement, dated October 2, 2006, between Pregis Holding I Corporation and Michael T. McDonnell. (2)
 
   
10.19
  Employment Agreement, dated January 23, 2006, by and among Pregis Holding I Corporation and Pregis Holding II Corporation and Pregis Corporation and Andy Brewer. (1)
 
   
10.20
  Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective April 1, 2006, by and among Pregis Holding I Corporation and Pregis Holding II Corporation and Pregis Corporation and Andy Brewer. (2)

109


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
10.21
  Employment Agreement of a Managing Director, dated July 1, 1995, between Sengewald Klinikprodukte GmbH and Dieter Eberle (translation from German language). (1)
 
   
10.22
  Employment Agreement, dated November 7, 1990, between Jiffy Packaging Company Limited and Peter Lewis and Letter Agreement, dated July 3, 2000, from Pactiv Corporation Europe B.V. to Peter Lewis. (1)
 
   
10.23
  Employment Agreement of a Managing Director, dated March 8, 2004, between Kobusch Folien Verwaltungsgesellschaft mbH and Hartmut Scherf (translation from German language). (1)
 
   
10.24
  Noncompetition Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, by and among Pregis Holding I Corporation and Vincent P. Langone, Noncompetition Agreements, dated November 30, 2005, by and among Pregis Holding I Corporation and each of James D. Morris and Kevin Corcoran and Noncompetition Agreements, dated January 23, 2006, by and among Pregis Holding I Corporation and Andy Brewer. (1)
 
   
10.25
  Employment Agreement, dated January 23, 2006, by and among Pregis Holding I Corporation and Pregis Holding II Corporation and Pregis Corporation and C. William McBee. (1)
 
   
10.26
  Nonqualified Stock Option Agreements, dated February 6, 2006, between Pregis Holding I Corporation and Vincent P. Langone, Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, dated November 30, 2005, between Pregis Holding I Corporation and James D. Morris and Nonqualified Stock Option Agreements, dated January 23, 2006, between Pregis Holding I Corporation and each of Andy Brewer, Dieter Eberle, Peter Lewis, and Hartmut Scherf. (1)
 
   
10.27
  Separation Agreement and Release, dated December 8, 2006, by Vincent P. Langone and Pregis Holding I Corporation, Pregis Holding II Corporation and Pregis Corporation, Assignment of Residence Lease, dated December 8, 2006, from Vincent P. Langone to Pregis Corporation and Stock Repurchase Agreement, dated December 8, 2006, by and between Vincent P. Langone and Pregis Holding I Corporation. (3)
 
   
10.28
  Compromise Agreement, dated as of March 13, 2007, between Peter Lewis and Pregis Corporation and Jiffy Packaging UK Limited. (4)
 
   
10.29
  Consultancy Agreement, dated as of March 13, 2007, between Lewis Consulting Limited and Pregis Corporation. (4)
 
   
10.30
  Employment Agreement, dated August 15, 2007, by and among Pregis Holding I Corporation and Pregis Holding II Corporation and Pregis Corporation and D. Keith LaVanway. (7)
 
   
10.31
  Management Agreement between Pregis NV and Fernando De Miguel, dated May 15, 2007. (7)
 
   
10.32
  Separation Agreement, dated August 27, 2007, by and among Pregis Holding I Corporation and Pregis Holding II Corporation and Pregis Corporation and Timothy J. Cunningham. (7)
 
   
10.33
  Separation Agreement and Release, dated January 9, 2008, by and among Pregis Holding I Corporation and Pregis Holding II Corporation and Pregis Corporation and Andy J. Brewer. (7)
 
   
10.34
  Employment Agreement, dated December 11, 2007, by and among Pregis Holding I Corporation and Pregis Holding II Corporation and Pregis Corporation and Kevin J. Baudhuin.*

110


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
12.1
  Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. *
 
   
21.1
  List of Subsidiaries. *
 
   
31.1
  Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Pregis Holding II Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer. *
 
   
31.2
  Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Pregis Holding II Corporation’s Chief Financial Officer. *
 
(1)   Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-4/A, (No. 333-130353), filed with the Commission on February 14, 2006.
 
(2)   Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 2 to the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-4/A, as amended (No. 333-130353), filed with the Commission on November 9, 2006.
 
(3)   Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 3 to the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-4/A, as amended (No. 333-130353), filed with the Commission on January 12, 2007.
 
(4)   Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 4 to the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-4/A, as amended (No. 333-130353), filed with the Commission on April 16, 2007.
 
(5)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on February 28, 2008.
 
(6)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on July 9, 2007.
 
(7)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibits 10.30, 10.31, 10.32 and 10.33 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the Commission on March 24, 2008.
 
  Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this report.
 
*   Filed herewith.

111

EX-10.34 2 c50181exv10w34.htm EX-10.34 exv10w34
Exhibit 10.34
EXECUTION COPY
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     THIS AGREEMENT is made effective as of December 11, 2007, by and among Pregis Holding I Corporation, a Delaware Corporation (“Pregis I”), and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Pregis Holding II Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Pregis II”), and Pregis Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Pregis”) (Pregis I, Pregis II and Pregis, collectively, the “Employers” and individually an “Employer”), and Kevin J. Baudhuin (“Executive”).
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, Executive desires to be employed by Employers; and
     WHEREAS, Employers desire to employ the Executive and to utilize his management services as indicated herein, and Executive has agreed to provide such management services to Employers; and
     WHEREAS, as a condition precedent and a material inducement for Employers to employ and pay Executive, Executive has agreed to execute this Agreement and the Noncompetition Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2007, between Pregis I and Executive (the “Noncompetition Agreement”), and be bound by the provisions herein and therein.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
PROVISIONS
     1. Term and Duties. Employers hereby agree to employ Executive as President-Protective Packaging North America, commencing on December 11, 2007 (the “Start Date”) and continuing for a period of three (3) years (the “Initial Term”) or until terminated in accordance with this Section 1 or Section 4. Unless terminated by either Executive or Employers by written notice delivered at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, Executive’s employment shall continue for successive one (1) year terms (each one (1) year term hereinafter referred to as a “Subsequent Term” and, together with the Initial Term, the “Term”) until terminated by written notice delivered at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Subsequent Term. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, during the Term, Executive shall devote his best efforts and abilities to the performance of Executive’s duties on behalf of Employers, and to the promotion of their interests consistent with and subject to the direction and control of the Board of Directors of each Employer (the “Board”). Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time, energies, attention and abilities to the operation of

 


 

the business of Employers and shall not be actively involved in any other trade or business or as an employee of any other trade or business.
     2. Compensation During Term.
          (a) Base Compensation. In consideration of the services to be rendered by Executive during the Term, Employers shall pay to Executive as base salary $325,000 per year (“Base Compensation”), payable bi-weekly and prorated for any partial employment period.
          (b) Bonus. Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to receive an annual incentive bonus (the “Incentive Bonus”) based upon the achievement of one or more performance goals as determined by the Board in its sole discretion. The amount of the Incentive Bonus shall be determined in the manner set forth on Schedule A attached hereto.
     3. Benefits.
          (a) Executive shall be eligible to participate in such benefit programs offered by each Employer (other than bonus plans), such as health, dental, life insurance, vision, vacations and pension, as are offered to similarly-situated employees (except in the case of equity-based incentive plans where awards are subject to Board (or committee thereof) approval) and in each case no more favorable than the terms of benefits generally available to the employees of Employers (based on seniority and salary level), subject in each case to the generally applicable terms and conditions of the plan, benefit or program in question.
          (b) Employers shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable expenses incurred by him in the course of performing his duties under this Agreement which are consistent with the Employers’ policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses, subject to the Employers’ requirements with respect to reporting, documentation and approval of such expenses.
          (c) Employers shall reimburse the Executive for the following reasonable expenses that the Executive incurs in relocating his primary residence to the Chicago, Illinois metropolitan area: (a) the cost of any temporary housing in the Chicago, Illinois metropolitan area for 6 months, not to exceed $5,000 per month; (b) transportation of belongings; (c) two house-hunting trips; (d) broker and other fees related to sale/acquisition of primary residence; (e) set-up costs of telephone, cable and broadband; and (f) airfare and lodging for family related to such relocation and house-hunting trips.
     4. Termination. Executive’s employment shall terminate upon the first to occur of the following (each, a “Termination Date”):

2


 

          (a) The expiration of the Term;
          (b) Executive’s death or disability (mentally, physically or emotionally), so that Executive cannot substantially perform his duties hereunder for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days or for one hundred eighty (180) days during any 365 day period during the Term;
          (c) Executive’s voluntary termination of his employment for any reason, upon not less than ten (10) business days’ written notice to Employers; or
          (d) Employers’ termination of Executive’s employment for Cause (as hereinafter defined).
     5. Termination Payments.
          (a) Except as otherwise provided herein, if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 1 by thirty (30) days’ prior written notice or pursuant to Section 4, Executive’s Base Compensation and other benefits, if any, shall terminate at the end of the month during which such termination occurs.
          (b) Upon termination of Executive’s employment without Cause, Employers shall be obligated, in lieu of any other remedies available to Executive, to pay Executive (A) an amount equal to his then current Base Compensation (the “Termination Payment”); (B) (i) if the Termination Date occurs during the months of January-June of the fiscal year, a pro rata Incentive Bonus for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs (the “Target Pro Rata Incentive Payment”), based on Executive’s target Incentive Bonus for such fiscal year; or (ii) if the Termination Date occurs during the months of July-December of the fiscal year, a pro rata Incentive Bonus for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs (the “Actual Pro Rata Incentive Payment”), based on Employers’ actual performance through the end of such fiscal year; and (C) all accrued but unpaid amounts payable to Executive under this Agreement and under any employee benefit plan (the “Accrued Payment”). The Target Pro Rata Incentive Payment and the Actual Pro Rata Incentive Payment shall, in each case, be determined based on the number of days elapsed from the beginning of the fiscal year in which the termination occurs through and including the Termination Date. For purposes of clarity, Executive will be eligible to receive only one Termination Payment, one Accrued Payment and either one Target Pro Rata Incentive Payment or one Actual Pro Rata Incentive Payment (depending on when the Termination Date occurs) from Employers under this Section 5(b). Employers’ obligation to make the Termination Payment and either the Target Pro Rata Incentive Payment or Actual Pro Rata Incentive Payment shall be conditioned upon: (i) Executive’s continued compliance with his obligations under the Noncompetition Agreement; and (ii) Executive’s execution, delivery and non-revocation of a valid and enforceable general release of claims in a form reasonably acceptable to Employers (the “Release”). In the event that Executive breaches any of the covenants set forth in the

3


 

Noncompetition Agreement, Executive shall immediately return to Employers any portion of the Termination Payment and either the Target Pro Rata Incentive Payment or Actual Pro Rata Incentive Payment that have been paid to Executive pursuant to this Section 5(b). Subject to this Section 5(b) and Section 5(e), the Termination Payment and the Target Pro Rata Incentive Payment, if applicable, shall be paid in installments on Employers’ regular payroll dates occurring during the twelve (12) month period immediately following the effectiveness of the Release. Subject to Section 5(e), the Actual Pro Rata Incentive Payment, if applicable, shall be paid at the time Employers ordinarily pay incentive bonuses to its executives with respect to the fiscal year in which the termination occurs. Subject to Section 5(e), the Accrued Payment shall be paid within thirty (30) days following the Termination Date.
          (c) In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment pursuant to Section 4(b) as a result of his death or disability, Employers shall pay to Executive, his estate or legal representative, as the case may be, all amounts accrued to the date of termination and payable to Executive hereunder and under any other bonus, incentive or other plan.
          (d) Any termination of the Term shall not adversely affect or alter Executive’s rights under any employee benefit plan of any Employer in which Executive, at the date of termination, has a vested interest, unless otherwise provided in such employee benefit plan or any agreement or other instrument attendant thereto.
          (e) If Executive is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, any payments required to be made pursuant to this Section 5 which are subject to Section 409A shall not commence until six months from the Termination Date, with the first payment to be equal to the aggregate amount that would have been paid to Executive under Section 5 during the first six months immediately following the Termination Date had this Section 5(e) not been applicable.
     6. Definitions. “Cause” as used herein shall mean Executive’s: (i) commission of an act which constitutes common law fraud, embezzlement (other than occasional, customary and de minimis use of Employers’ property for personal purposes) or a felony, an act of moral turpitude, or of any tortious or unlawful act causing material harm to any Employer’s business, standing or reputation; (ii) gross negligence on the part of Executive in the performance of his duties hereunder; (iii) breach of his duty of loyalty or care to any Employer; (iv) other misconduct that is materially detrimental to any Employer; (v) ongoing refusal or failure to perform Executive’s duties or the deliberate and consistent refusal to conform to or follow any reasonable policy adopted by the Board, in each case after receiving written notice describing his noncompliance and being given a five (5) business days opportunity to cure (to the extent curable) such non-compliance; or (vi) material breach by Executive of this Agreement, the Noncompetition Agreement or any other agreement with or for the benefit of Employers to which

4


 

Executive is a party or by which Executive is bound, which is not cured (to the extent curable) within five (5) business days following written notice from Employers.
     7. Consideration. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the consideration set forth in the recitals to this Agreement and the rights and benefits hereunder are all and singularly valuable consideration which are sufficient for any or all of Executive’s covenants set forth herein or in the Noncompetition Agreement.
     8. No Prior Agreements. Executive represents and warrants that his performance of all the terms of this Agreement does not and shall not breach any fiduciary or other duty or any covenant, agreement or understanding (including, without limitation, any agreement relating to any proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired in confidence, trust or otherwise) to which he is a party or by the terms of which he may be bound. Executive further covenants and agrees not to enter into any agreement or understanding, either written or oral, in conflict with the provisions of this Agreement.
     9. Miscellaneous.
          (a) Notices. All notices, requests, consents and demands by the parties hereto shall be delivered by hand, by confirmed facsimile transmission, by recognized national overnight courier service or by deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the party to be notified at the addresses set forth below:
if to Executive:
Kevin J. Baudhuin
564 Highland Avenue
Westfield, NJ 07090
if to Employers:
c/o AEA Investors LLC
Park Avenue Tower
65 East 55th Street
New York, NY 10022
Attn: Sanford Krieger
with copy to:
Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP
One New York Plaza
New York, NY 10004-1980
Attn: Christopher Ewan

5


 

Notices shall be effective immediately upon personal delivery or facsimile transmission, one (1) business day after deposit with an overnight courier service or three (3) business days after the date of mailing thereof. Other notices shall be deemed given on the date of receipt. Any party hereto may change the address specified herein by written notice to the other parties hereto.
     10. Entire Agreement. This Agreement cancels and supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings between the parties hereto with respect to the obligations of Executive, whether oral or written. Executive hereby agrees that, as of the date hereof, this Agreement shall take effect and no further obligations of any kind whatsoever shall be owed by Employers. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters herein provided, and no modifications or waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless in writing and signed by each Employer and Executive.
     11. Binding Effect. All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and its or his heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each Employer and its successors and assigns, except that the duties and responsibilities of Executive hereunder are of a personal nature and shall not be assignable or delegable in whole or in part.
     12. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement or application thereof to anyone or under any circumstance is found to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction to any extent for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or application of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid or unenforceable provision or application and shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision or application in any other jurisdiction.
     13. Remedies; Waiver. No remedy conferred upon any Employer by this Agreement is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy, and each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to any other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity. No delay or omission by any Employer in exercising any right, remedy or power hereunder or existing at law or in equity shall be construed as a waiver thereof, and any such right, remedy or power may be exercised by the party possessing the same from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient or necessary by such party in its sole discretion.
     14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which is an original and all of which shall constitute one instrument. It shall not

6


 

be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or any counterpart hereof to produce or account for any of the other counterparts.
     15. Governing Law. The validity, interpretation, construction, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without application of conflict of laws principles.
     16. Headings. The captions and headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be construed as a part of the Agreement.
542676
[signature page follows]

7


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.
         
  EMPLOYERS:

PREGIS HOLDING I CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael T. McDonnell  
    Name:   Michael T. McDonnell  
    Title:   CEO  
 
  PREGIS HOLDING II CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael T. McDonnell  
    Name:   Michael T. McDonnell  
    Title:   CEO  
 
  PREGIS CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael T. McDonnell  
    Name:   Michael T. McDonnell  
    Title:   CEO  
         
  EXECUTIVE:
 
 
  /s/ Kevin J. Baudhuin   
  Name:   Kevin J. Baudhuin   
     

EX-12.1 3 c50181exv12w1.htm EX-12.1 exv12w1
Exhibit 12.1
Pregis Holding II Corporation
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
(in thousands)
                                                 
    Successor     Predecessor  
                            October 13 to     January 1 to     Year ended  
    Year ended December 31,     December 31,     October 12,     December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2005     2004  
 
                                               
Earnings:
                                               
Pretax income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (49,595 )   $ 2,929     $ (3,558 )   $ (4,695 )   $ (6,953 )   $ 28,445  
Fixed charges
    55,593       53,325       48,515       11,786       7,114       9,935  
Less: Capitalized interest
    (5 )     (237 )     (145 )     (26 )     (451 )     (61 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Earnings
  $ 5,993     $ 56,017     $ 44,812     $ 7,065     $ (290 )   $ 38,319  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Fixed charges:
                                               
Interest expense
  $ 49,069     $ 46,730     $ 42,535     $ 10,524     $ 2,195     $ 4,433  
Capitalized interest
    5       237       145       26       451       61  
Interest component of rental expense
    6,519       6,358       5,835       1,236       4,468       5,441  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total fixed charges
  $ 55,593     $ 53,325     $ 48,515     $ 11,786     $ 7,114     $ 9,935  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
    0.11 *     1.05       0.92 *     0.60 *     (0.04) *     3.86  
 
                                   
 
*   Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $49,600 and $3,703 for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2006, respectively, and $4,721 for the period October 13, 2005 to December 31, 2005, and $7,404 for the period January 1, 2005 to October 12, 2005.

 

EX-21.1 4 c50181exv21w1.htm EX-21.1 exv21w1
Exhibit 21.1
List of Subsidiaries
Ambassador Packaging Limited (UK)
Hexacomb Corporation (Illinois)
Jiffy Packaging Company Limited (UK)
Kobusch Packaging Egypt (Egypt)
MSP Schmeisser GmbH (Germany)
Pregis BV (Holland)
Pregis Canada, Corp. (Canada)
Pregis Corporation (Delaware)
Pregis GmbH (Germany)
Hexacomb S.A. (Spain)
Pregis Innovative Packaging Inc. (Delaware)
Pregis Kft. (Hungary)
Pregis (Italy) Holding S.r.l. (Italy)
Pregis (Luxembourg) Holding S.àr.l. (Luxembourg)
Pregis Management Corporation (Delaware)
Pregis Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. (Mexico)
Pregis (Netherlands) Holding B.V. (Netherlands)
Pregis NV (Belgium)
Pregis Rigid Packaging Limited (UK)
Pregis S.A.S. (France)
Pregis Servicio, S. de R.L. de C.V. (Mexico)
Pregis S.p.A. (Italy)
Pregis Sp. z o.o. (Poland)
Pregis (UK) Holding I Limited (UK)
Pregis (UK) Holding II Limited (UK)
Prvni Obalova Spol. S.R.O. (Czech Republic)
Sengewald Klinikprodukte GmbH) (Germany)
Kobusch-Sengewald GmbH (Germany)
Wellenfoam NV (Belgium)
Texsan Medical EOOD (Bulgaria)
Petroflax S.A. (Romania)
Besin International B.V. (Netherlands)
Besin B.V. (Netherlands)
Besin France S.A. (France)
Besin Amboise S.A. (France)
RLG IMMO s.c.a. (France)
RODA (France)
Pregis Deutschland Holding GmbH (Germany)
Pregis France Holding S.A.S. (France)
Pregis Polska Holding Sp. z o.o (Poland)

EX-31.1 5 c50181exv31w1.htm EX-31.1 exv31w1
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
     I, Michael T. McDonnell, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2008 of Pregis Holding II Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the board of directors:
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
Date: March 27, 2009  /s/ Michael T. McDonnell    
  Name:   Michael T. McDonnell   
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   

 

EX-31.2 6 c50181exv31w2.htm EX-31.2 exv31w2
         
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
     I, D. Keith LaVanway, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2008 of Pregis Holding II Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the board of directors:
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
Date: March 27, 2009  /s/ D. Keith LaVanway    
  Name:   D. Keith LaVanway   
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 

 

-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----